JP2013205218A - Guide system - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a guide system in which the need to wave a receiver from side to side in order to search the location of a transmitter is eliminated, a complicated system is not required and a direction of sound image localization is not restricted in a one-dimensional right/left direction.SOLUTION: A two-dimensional information acquisition section is capable of obtaining information about an azimuth angle direction in which a light-emitting element is installed based on a reception strength ratio, between two light-receiving elements disposed in a positional relationship of the azimuth angle direction in which an optical axis forms an angle in a horizontal direction such that areas of left forward directivity and right forward directivity are partially overlapped with each other, of optical signals received by the light-receiving elements and an azimuth angle direction strength ratio table. By obtaining information about an elevation angle direction in which a light-emitting element is installed based on a reception strength ratio between two light-receiving elements which are disposed in a positional relationship of the elevation angle direction in which an optical axis forms an angle in a vertical direction such that areas of obliquely upward directivity and obliquely downward directivity are partially overlapped with each other, of optical signals received by the light-receiving elements and an elevation angle direction strength ratio table. Thus, two-dimensional information of installing the light-emitting element can be obtained.

Description

  The present invention relates to an optical signal transmitter having one or more light-emitting elements that transmit predetermined guide information by an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light to near-infrared light, and that has directivity about the optical axis. An optical signal receiver having a spectacle unit in which a plurality of light receiving elements having a directivity centered on an optical axis having sensitivity to visible light to infrared light is installed, and a receiving circuit unit connected to the spectacle unit. The present invention relates to a provided guidance system.

  In general, the voice guidance system for visually handicapped people is widely used, and a voice is sent from a speaker provided at a point to be guided to inform a visually handicapped person who is a guide person of the position. For example, a voice guidance system that circulates a predetermined melody or a bird's cry when a traffic signal display at an intersection or the like turns green, a voice guidance system or a station that sings a bird's cry to inform the position of a staircase at a station such as a train A voice guidance system that plays a voice for guiding so that it can be discriminated between a boy's and a girl's is widely spread.

  In the voice guidance system for visually impaired persons described above, voice guidance is performed by playing a voice even when the guided person is not a visually impaired person. On the other hand, in recent years, practical use of a voice guidance system dedicated to visually impaired persons using spatial light communication has begun. Non-Patent Document 1 describes a remote infrared audible signage system (Remote Infrared Audible Signage System) as an infrared voice information guidance system dedicated to visually impaired persons already in practical use. Patent Document 1 describes a transmitter for the visually impaired corresponding to the remote infrared audible signal system of Non-Patent Document 1. In this remote infrared audible signal system, the transmitter is realized as an electronic label, and the electronic label is provided at an upper part of a building entrance and the like. A visually handicapped person can receive an infrared message transmitted from a transmitter by a receiver at hand and listen to voice guidance by the message through a speaker or an earphone built in the receiver. However, since the receiver in this remote infrared audible signal system has a narrow light receiving angle (the directivity is narrow), it cannot receive light when the receiver deviates from the light receiving angle. That is, there is a problem that visually impaired persons need to search for a position where the sound becomes louder by shaking the receiver left and right in order to recognize the direction of voice guidance, that is, to find the position of the transmitter. .

  As a system that does not require walking while swinging the receiver left and right in order to find the position of the transmitter described above, the voice guidance system of Patent Document 2 can be cited. In the voice guidance system of Patent Document 2, light from a plurality of light emitting units provided on the ceiling of the exhibition room is provided on the front, back, left, and right sides provided on headphones worn by a person to be guided (not necessarily limited to a visually impaired person). By receiving light by the light receiving unit, the area (position data) of the exhibit in which the guided person exists and the heading direction (front data) are acquired. The acquired position data and forward data are transmitted to the main system, and the main system generates right audio data and left audio data of the headphones by the sound image localization technology, and provides the audio data to the guided person side. The guide can feel that there is a sound source in the direction of the exhibit. Here, the (stereo) sound image localization technique is a technique for transmitting the position of the sound image to the guided person side by the volume difference or phase difference between the two speakers when reproducing the sound from the left and right two-channel speakers or earphones. However, the voice guidance system of Patent Document 2 requires a complicated system in which the voice data generated after the position data acquired by the light receiving unit of the headphones is calculated and processed by the main system is transmitted to the headphones. When the guide moves his head rapidly, there is a problem that the position of the sound image cannot be tracked in real time due to the time required for transmission / reception between the headphones and the main system and the calculation processing in the main system.

  As an audio guidance system that can avoid various problems caused by the existence of the complicated main system described above, an infrared guidance system of Patent Document 3 can be cited. The system of Patent Document 3 also includes the concept of stereo sound image localization described above. In Example 1 of Patent Document 3, infrared rays are radiated from infrared transmitters having different left and right fronts with respect to the traveling direction of the user, and the user has glasses equipped with a plurality of infrared light receiving units corresponding to the left and right front directions. And a cane to which the signal processing device and the antenna are attached, and a headphone to which the antenna is attached. Each intensity information from the plurality of infrared transmitters detected by the plurality of infrared light receiving units of the glasses is sent to the signal processing device of the cane through the user's skin by high frequency, and the signal processing device responds to each intensity information. Creates right and left sounds and transmits them to the headphones via the antenna. In Example 3 of this document, the hat is provided with five infrared light receiving portions for the front, left and right, and left and right diagonally forward directions so that sound signals localized in each direction can be heard from the headphones. However, in the infrared guidance system of Patent Document 3 and the like, only the sound image localization limited to the front, left and right, and left and right diagonally forward directions can be obtained. Therefore, detailed position information of the infrared transmitter existing in a general continuous space is obtained. There is a problem that the direction of the sound image localization is limited to a specific direction in the left and right dimensions.

  Non-Patent Document 2 also includes the concept of stereo sound image localization described above. Non-Patent Document 2 uses a transmitter and a stereo earphone using an LED as a light source, and by appropriately selecting the directivity and installation angle of the light receiving element, the left and right direction (the azimuth angle direction in the horizontal plane of the spherical coordinate system) It has been reported that continuous sound image localization was obtained in a one-dimensional direction. However, in Non-Patent Document 2, it is impossible to obtain position information of transmitters existing in a general continuous space, and the sound image localization direction is limited to one dimension in the left-right direction as in Patent Document 3. There was a problem.

  In the systems of Patent Documents 2 and 3 and Non-Patent Document 2 described above, in addition to the problem that the direction of sound image localization is limited to one dimension in the left and right directions, since the headphone or stereo earphone is used, the sound image is guided. As a result of localization in the person's head, the direction of the destination is difficult to understand. Furthermore, since both ears of the guided person are in a closed state, there is a problem in that the visually impaired person is prevented from listening to ambient sounds that are required in daily activities.

  In addition to the above-described problems, it is needless to say that a more convenient guidance system can be configured if the distance between the visually handicapped person and the light signal source can be notified when guiding the visually handicapped person. Patent Document 1 describes a distance calculation means for calculating a distance to a traffic light based on an inclination angle from an inclination angle detection means when a receiver receives light from a light emitting means installed on the upper part of the traffic light. Yes. However, Patent Document 1 has a problem in that the position of the light emitting means is limited to a high place above the traffic light in order to calculate the distance. In Example 9 of Patent Document 3, it is described that the distance to the light source is obtained by the principle of triangulation with two infrared light receiving sections. However, there is a problem in that the description is about the content of triangulation, and no specific distance measuring means based on the principle of triangulation is disclosed. In addition, in the embodiment, “a front-facing infrared light receiving section having a narrow reception direction range facing directly in front is provided, and the light receiving sensitivity level is automatically set so that the light receiving intensity at the front-facing infrared light receiving section is constant. It can be adjusted and the distance is obtained from the light receiving sensitivity level after the adjustment. " However, the method of obtaining the distance from the adjustment of the light receiving sensitivity level has a problem that it is difficult to obtain the absolute distance because the absolute value of the light receiving sensitivity that is the basis of the method varies depending on various factors.

Apart from the above-mentioned problems in the prior art, there has also been a problem that a guidance system for persons with hearing disabilities using spatial light communication has not been developed.

  Therefore, an object of the present invention is made to solve the above problem, and it is not necessary to walk while swinging the receiver left and right in order to find the position of the transmitter, and a complicated system is unnecessary, An object of the present invention is to provide a guidance system that can cope with a case where a guided person moves his / her head rapidly.

  The second object of the present invention is to provide a guidance system capable of obtaining detailed position information of a transmitter existing in a general continuous space and in which the direction of sound image localization is not limited to one dimension on the left and right. is there.

  A third object of the present invention is to provide a guidance system in which the direction of a sound image is easy to understand and does not hinder the hearing of ambient sounds that a visually impaired person needs in daily activities.

  The fourth object of the present invention is that the position of the optical signal transmission source is not limited to a high place, and that it is possible to notify the distance to the optical signal transmission source without adjusting the light receiving sensitivity level. Is to provide.

  A fifth object of the present invention is to provide a guidance system for a hearing impaired person using spatial light communication.

  The guide system of the present invention includes an optical signal transmitter having one or more light emitting elements having directivity around an optical axis for transmitting predetermined guide information by an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light to near infrared light, A spectacle unit in which a plurality of light receiving elements having a directivity centered on an optical axis having sensitivity to visible light or infrared light is installed, a receiving circuit unit connected to the spectacle unit, and a receiving circuit unit connected to the receiving circuit unit An optical signal receiver having a guide unit for transmitting the predetermined guide information to the guide side, using a spherical coordinate system centered on the head of the guided person regarding spatial sound The optical axis has an azimuthal positional relationship between the two light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles so that the directional regions partially overlap each other. The receiving circuit unit is the light emitting element. The received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements when the transmitted optical signal is received by the at least two light receiving elements, the reception intensity ratio between the plurality of light receiving elements measured in advance, and the direction in which the optical signal is transmitted Based on the azimuth direction intensity ratio table indicating the relationship with the angular direction, information on the azimuth direction (one-dimensional information) regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed is obtained, and the light receiving element arranged in a predetermined positional relationship A two-dimensional information acquisition unit that obtains two-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed by obtaining other one-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed based on the optical signal received at It is characterized by that.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is information on an elevation angle direction, and the predetermined positional relationship is two pieces of information installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit. The positional relationship in the elevation direction in which the optical axes make an angle in the elevation direction so that the directional regions partially overlap each other between the light receiving elements, and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is a position where the light emitting elements are installed With respect to the information on the elevation direction, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements of the optical signals received by the two light receiving elements arranged in the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction and the reception intensity between the plurality of light receiving elements measured in advance By obtaining based on an elevation angle direction intensity ratio table indicating the relationship between the ratio and the elevation direction in which the optical signal is transmitted, two-dimensional information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element is installed is obtained. Door can be.

  Here, in the guide system of the present invention, the direction connecting the right and left tragus of the guided person in the horizontal plane is the x axis, the direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane in the horizontal plane is the z axis, and x The direction perpendicular to the axis and included in the median plane is the y-axis, and the positional relationship of the azimuth angle direction is a predetermined azimuth angle direction centered on the z-axis (components projected on the x-axis are -x, + x The positional relationship in the elevation angle direction can be a positional relationship having a predetermined elevation angle direction (components projected on the y-axis are + y and -y directions).

  Here, in the guide system according to the present invention, the type of the predetermined guide information is auditory information, and the guide unit is connected to the spectacles unit and / or a headband that can be worn near the head of the guided person. A plurality of speakers installed in the installation format, the virtual corresponding to the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume or phase difference of the plurality of speakers installed in the predetermined installation format By performing sound image localization, a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that transmits the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side can be further provided.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined installation form includes left and right speakers installed near the right and left wisdom of the spectacles unit and left and right headbands that can be worn across the left and right of the head of the guided person. Face-up type loudspeaker group comprising: a head-top speaker installed in the vicinity of the top of the head; and a lower speaker installed in the vicinity of the tip portion extending in the downward direction (the lower direction of the y-axis) of the left and right headbands; Up and down type speaker group type having left and right up and down speakers installed near the tip of an arm part extending up and down (y-axis up and down direction) from near the right and left wisdom of the part, said face up and down type speaker group form, and guided Face up and down and front and back heads having a center speaker installed near the bridge of the spectacles part and a rear speaker installed near the back of the head in a front and back headband worn over the front and back of the person's head Up-and-down and occipital speakers having a peaker group format, the above-mentioned up-and-down speaker group format, and rear left and right speakers installed near the left and right occipital regions of the occipital left and right headbands worn over the left and right sides of the back head Group type.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is configured such that the azimuth angle direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit when the predetermined installation type is the face vertical speaker group type. The reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having the positional relationship is set to correspond to the volume of the left and right speakers, and the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction installed near the bridge of the eyeglass unit is the head. Corresponding to the volume of the top speaker and the lower speaker, virtual sound image localization is performed to associate the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volumes of the plurality of speakers, and the two-dimensional information When the auditory information is transmitted from the specified direction to the guided person side, and the predetermined installation type is the ear upper / lower speaker group type, A reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit and a reception intensity between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the elevation direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit A virtual sound image localization that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volumes of the plurality of speakers by associating a ratio with the volume of the left, right, top, and bottom speakers, and The auditory information can be transmitted from the direction specified by the information to the guided person side.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, when the predetermined installation type is the face up-and-down and front-and-back type speaker group type or the ear up-and-down and occipital type speaker group type, it is installed near the right and left wisdom of the eyeglass part. A light receiving element connected to the receiving circuit unit; and a top light receiving element installed near the top of the left and right headbands and connected to the receiving circuit unit for detecting an optical signal from above. The three-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is arranged between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles unit when the predetermined installation type is the face up / down and front / back head type speaker group type. The received intensity ratio and the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacle unit correspond to the volume of the left and right speakers and the central speaker, The two-dimensional information acquisition unit allows the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the elevation angle direction installed near the bridge to correspond to the volume of the top speaker, the lower speaker, and the center speaker. Performing virtual sound image localization that associates the obtained two-dimensional information with the volume of the plurality of speakers, and transmits the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side, When the predetermined installation format is the above and below the ear and the occipital type speaker group format, the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having the positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles and the right and left of the spectacles The two-dimensional information is obtained by associating a reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the wisdom with the volume of the left and right upper and lower speakers. Performing virtual sound image localization that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the obtaining unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers, and transmitting the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side; can do.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, when the predetermined installation type is the face vertical and front / rear head type speaker group type, the predetermined installation type is the ear upper / lower and occipital type near the rear head of the front / rear headband. In the case of a speaker group type, the receiving circuit is installed in the vicinity of the occipital region in the occipital left and right headbands in a positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the optical axes form an angle in the azimuth direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other The two-dimensional information acquisition unit further includes at least two rear light-receiving elements connected to the unit, and the information about the azimuth direction regarding the position where the rear light-emitting element existing behind the guided person is installed, Based on the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements of the optical signal received by the rear light receiving element and the azimuth direction intensity ratio table, The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit further includes azimuth angle information regarding the position where the rear light emitting element is installed, obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, and the predetermined installation type is the face up / down and front / back head type speakers. In the case of the group format, the volume of the rear speaker can be made to correspond to the volume of the rear speaker, and in the case where the predetermined installation format is the ear up / down and occipital type speaker group format.

  Here, in the guide system of the present invention, the directivity region of the top light receiving element is the directivity region of the upper light receiving element having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles unit. The two-dimensional information acquisition unit further has a positional relationship between the top light receiving element and the azimuth direction with respect to information on the elevation direction regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed. The relationship between the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements of the optical signal received by the upper light receiving element and the relationship between the pre-measured reception intensity ratio among the plurality of light receiving elements and the elevation angle direction in which the optical signal is transmitted is shown. And obtaining the two-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed, and the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit further includes the top light receiving element. And the upper light receiving element having the positional relationship in the azimuth direction, the head-top speaker and the lower speaker when the predetermined installation type is the face up / down and head front / rear type speaker group type. And corresponding to the volume of the central speaker, and when the predetermined installation type is the ear up / down and occipital type speaker group type, it is obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit by corresponding to the volume of the left / right / up / down speakers. Virtual sound image localization that associates the obtained two-dimensional information with the volume of the plurality of speakers is performed, and the auditory information can be transmitted from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, when the predetermined installation format is the face up-and-down speaker group format, the guidance system further includes a light receiving element that is installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the glasses unit and connected to the receiving circuit unit. The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacles unit and the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having the positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles unit. The reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements is made to correspond to the volume of the left and right speakers, and the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the elevation angle direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles part By associating with the volume of the lower speaker, the virtual that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volumes of the plurality of speakers. It performs image localization can convey the audio information from the direction specified to the guided side by the two-dimensional information.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit may modulate an optical signal in the optical signal transmitter using an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation ( When the signal processing for performing virtual sound image localization is performed with a digital signal in the case of a PWM) method, pulse position modulation (PPM), or digital modulation method, A virtual sound image localization direction indicating the relationship between the determined volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers, the top speaker, and the lower speaker and the direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed Using a table, when the predetermined installation format is an ear up / down type speaker group format, Alternatively, using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating a relationship between a phase difference and a direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed, the predetermined installation format is a face up / down and front / back head type speaker group format. In the case, the predetermined volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers, the top speaker, the lower speaker and the center speaker and the direction specified by the two-dimensional information where the light emitting element is installed Using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship, or a predetermined virtual sound image localization indicating the relationship between the volume of the rear speaker and the direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the rear light emitting element is installed Using the direction table, when the predetermined installation type is an ear up / down and occipital type speaker group type, the predetermined volume of the left / right / up / down speakers is set. And / or a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating a relationship between a phase difference and a direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed, or predetermined volume levels of the rear left and right speakers And / or the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit using a virtual sound localization direction table indicating a relationship between a phase difference and a direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the rear light emitting element is installed. Virtual sound image localization is performed by associating information with each sound volume and / or phase difference of the plurality of speakers, and the auditory information can be transmitted from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side. .

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined installation format is a left and right speaker group format having left and right speakers installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the glasses unit, and the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is Virtual sound image localization is performed by performing virtual sound image localization in which the localization position obtained by the dimension information acquisition unit and the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers installed in the left and right speaker group form are associated with each other by virtual surround technology. The voice guidance information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization position to the guided person side.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined guidance information is visual information, and the guidance unit is an image display device installed on a guided person side and the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit. The image display unit may further include information on a direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed based on the dimensional information and the visual information.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the spectacles unit is installed in the vicinity of the top of the right and left headbands mounted on the left and right sides of the guided person's head and the light receiving element installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom. Positional relationship in which the optical axis forms an angle in the azimuth direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other in the vicinity of the back of the head in the front and back headbands worn across the front and back of the guided person's head And at least two light receiving elements installed in (1).

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, in the guidance system according to claim 1, the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is obtained from a light emitting element of an optical signal transmitter and a light receiving element of an optical signal receiver. The predetermined positional relationship is that the two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements are installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacles, and the two light receiving element portions are respectively light in a horizontal plane. It is a light receiving element group having a plurality of light receiving elements having different axis angles, or each of the two light receiving element units has at least one light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable in the horizontal plane, The direction connecting the right and left tragus of the person being guided is the x-axis, and the direction perpendicular to the x-axis and included in the median plane in the horizontal plane is the z-axis, and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is provided with the light emitting element Position As for the distance information, when the two light receiving element portions are each the light receiving element group, each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group has an angle formed with respect to the x axis in the horizontal plane, or When the two light receiving element portions each have a light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable, the light receiving element when the reception intensity is highest in the light receiving element of each light receiving element portion is relative to the x axis in the horizontal plane. By obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed, two-dimensional information regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed can be obtained.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the type of the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, and the guidance unit includes a plurality of speakers arranged at positions including at least the right and left wisdom of the glasses unit, Based on the one-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the azimuth angle direction in a horizontal plane is made to coincide with the direction in which the light emitting element is installed, and the distance information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit A two-dimensional (distance) virtual sound image localization unit that transmits the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side using the speaker by performing predetermined perspective operation processing on the auditory information based on And can be further provided.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined guidance information is visual information, and the guidance unit is obtained by the image display device installed on the guided person side and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit. Based on the two-dimensional information and the visual information, the image display device may further include an image display unit that displays two-dimensional information on a direction in a horizontal plane on which the light emitting element is installed on the image display device.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, there are two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left edges of the spectacles, the two light receiving element portions each having an optical axis in a horizontal plane. A light-receiving element group having a plurality of light-receiving elements having different angles, or two light-receiving element portions each having at least one light-receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable in a horizontal plane; Regarding the distance information regarding the installed position, when the two light receiving element portions are each the light receiving element group, each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group forms with respect to the x axis in the horizontal plane. When each of the two light receiving element units has a light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable, each light receiving element when the reception intensity is highest in each light receiving element is in the horizontal plane with respect to the x axis. By obtaining from the triangulation using each angle, the distance information acquisition unit for acquiring the information on the distance at which the light emitting element is installed and the direction specified by the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit are transmitted to the guided person side. And a three-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that performs predetermined perspective operation processing based on the distance information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined perspective operation processing applied to the auditory information is performed according to the distance of the distance on the z-axis based on the other one-dimensional information or the information in the z-axis direction. Any combination of one or more operations, such as a volume operation that decreases or increases volume, a spectrum operation that attenuates or increases the high range of the spectrum, a reverberation that reduces or increases reverberation or phase fluctuation, or a virtual surround technique This can be a pseudo perspective generation process.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, there are two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left edges of the spectacles, the two light receiving element portions each having an optical axis in a horizontal plane. A light receiving element group having a plurality of light receiving elements with different angles, or two light receiving element portions each having a light receiving element whose optical axis angle is variable in a horizontal plane, and a distance at which the light emitting element is installed When each of the two light receiving element portions is the light receiving element group, each of the light receiving elements having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group, or each of the two angles formed with respect to the x axis in the horizontal plane When each of the light receiving elements has a light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable, each of the light receiving elements has a triangular shape using each angle formed with respect to the x axis in the horizontal plane when the receiving intensity is highest. Surveying or A distance information acquisition unit that acquires information on a distance at which the light emitting element is installed, and the image display unit includes the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the distance information acquisition unit. Based on the distance information obtained by the above and the visual information, information on the three-dimensional (xyz space) position where the light emitting element is installed can be displayed on the image display device.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the image display device is provided with an image display unit in the vicinity of the distal end of the arm unit extending downward (y-axis downward direction) from either the left or right side of the glasses unit. A wristband type image display device having a wristband, a wearable type image display device in which left and right lens portions of the spectacles portion are see-through wearable displays, and a rim-wearable type image in which a wearable display is installed in the rim portion of the spectacles portion Any one of the display devices can be further provided.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined guidance information may include information relating to an installation location of the optical signal transmitter and information relating to a configuration.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal receiver may further include a sensor for detecting movement of the head of the guided person.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal receiver may further include an auxiliary device having an auxiliary light receiving unit that can be close to the optical signal transmitter and capable of communicating with the optical signal transmitter.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter includes an operation switch, an operation switch side optical signal transmission unit and an operation switch side optical signal reception unit installed around the operation switch or the operation switch. The auxiliary device may further include an operation signal transmission unit that transmits an operation signal for operating the operation switch to the operation switch side optical signal reception unit side.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the auxiliary device may further include a switching unit that operates by switching between the auxiliary light receiving unit and the operation signal transmitting unit.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the operation switch side optical signal transmission unit and the operation signal transmission unit can use visible light or near infrared light separately.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the auxiliary device may have a ring shape.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal receiver further includes an optical signal transmission unit having a light emitting element and an optical signal transmission circuit unit, and the optical signal transmitter has a light receiving element and an optical signal reception circuit unit. An optical signal receiver may be further provided.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the light emitting element of the optical signal transmission unit can be installed on the left or right rim of the spectacles unit.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the optical signal transmitter has an azimuth angle direction and / or an orientation of an installation surface on which the optical signal transmitter is mounted and the light emitting element and the optical signal receiving unit are installed. Alternatively, based on an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit of the optical signal receiver and received by the optical signal reception unit, the direction of the installation surface can be changed by the movable unit to the light. And a control unit that performs control in a direction in which the signal transmission unit exists.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter further includes a movable light emitting element different from the one or more light emitting elements, and the optical signal receiving The apparatus can further include a light receiving element having a narrower directivity different from the plurality of light receiving elements, and a speaker that emits a sound only when the light receiving element receives light.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter is fixedly installed at a predetermined location, and the content of the guidance information is the direction from the guided person to the optical signal transmitter. And direction information that informs the optical signal transmitter that it has approached or arrived.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the guidance system further includes an optical signal transmitter that is installed near the predetermined location and that is different from the optical signal transmitter, and the separate optical signal transmitter transmits. The content of the information can include position information that informs the guided person of the position of the other optical signal transmitter.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the guidance information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter is installed in the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter. It may further include location information related to the location.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined place is a place where a traffic signal is installed, the other optical signal transmitter is installed in the push button device for the traffic signal, and the vicinity position is near the traffic signal. The location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter includes the lighting or blinking state of the traffic signal and / or the name of the location where the traffic signal is installed. Can do.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined place may be a warning block and / or a guidance block of a visually impaired person guidance block installed on the road.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined location is above the door of the room facing the corridor in the building, the vicinity is near the door knob of the door, and the other optical signal transmitter transmits the signal. The location information may include a description in the room.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined location is an upper portion of a staircase, the nearby position is an upper portion of a passage up the staircase, and the location information transmitted by the another optical signal transmitter is the location information. If the passage is a station platform, train operation information can be included, if it is a commercial facility, store guidance information in the passage can be included, and if it is a school, classroom location information can be included.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the predetermined location is a station platform, a bus stop, or a train stop, and the vicinity position is above a door of a vehicle that stops at the predetermined location. The location information transmitted by the transmitter may include train, bus, and tramway operation information.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined place is a ceiling near the entrance / exit of a public toilet, and the vicinity position is near a toilet position in the public toilet, a private room door in the public toilet, and a washstand vicinity. The location information transmitted by the another optical signal transmitter may include the usage status of the private room.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, destination information indicating a destination and route information including an identifier of the optical signal transmitter and / or another optical signal transmitter existing from a predetermined position to the destination are recorded. A writer having a path information recording unit, and the writer, when the destination switch is pressed by the guided person at the predetermined position, from the predetermined position to the destination corresponding to the destination switch. The path information recorded in the path information recording unit is transmitted to the optical signal receiver side, and the location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter is the optical signal receiver. An identifier for identifying the signal transmitter and / or the another optical signal transmitter, wherein the optical signal receiver records the path information transmitted from the writer in a memory, and the optical signal transmitter and When location information transmitted from the other optical signal transmitter is received, predetermined route guidance information is sent to the guided person based on the identifier included in the location information and the route information recorded in the memory. A route guide unit that communicates to the side can be further provided.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter is incorporated in a predetermined facility, and the content of the guidance information includes the predetermined facility. One or more of equipment location information relating to the location to be operated, equipment operation information relating to operation of the predetermined equipment, equipment status information relating to the state of the predetermined equipment, and equipment alarm information relating to the predetermined equipment.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the predetermined equipment may include a home appliance, a ticket vending machine, and a vending machine.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter of the optical signal receiver transmits an optical signal including a predetermined identifier, and the optical signal receiver of the optical signal transmitter transmits from the optical signal transmitter. The guide information corresponding to the predetermined identifier included in the optical signal received by the optical signal receiving unit can be transmitted.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the optical signal transmitter includes a movable portion that can move the orientation of the installation surface on which the light emitting element and the optical signal receiving unit are installed in the xz plane and / or the yz plane; Based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit of the optical signal receiver and received by the optical signal reception unit, the movable unit controls the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists. And a controller for performing the operation.

  Here, in the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter can be installed in the vicinity of a moving route of a vehicle on which a guided person can board in an amusement facility.

  Here, in the guidance system according to the present invention, the optical signal transmitter is mounted on a vehicle, and the content of the guidance information includes approach warning information that informs the guided person of the approach of the vehicle. it can.

  According to the guidance system of the present invention, the area of the left front direction directivity and the right front direction directivity partially overlap each other between the two light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the eyeglass part of the optical signal receiver. Thus, the optical axis has a positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the angle is in the azimuth direction. Further, between the two light receiving elements, there is a positional relationship in the elevation direction in which the optical axis forms an angle in the elevation direction so that the regions of the diagonally upward directionality and the diagonally downward directionality partially overlap each other. . In the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the light emitting element is installed based on the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements of the two light receiving elements arranged in the positional relationship in the azimuth direction and the azimuth direction intensity ratio table. Azimuth direction information can be obtained, and the received light intensity ratio between the light receiving elements and the elevation angle direction intensity ratio table of the optical signals received by the two light receiving elements arranged in the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction Based on the information on the elevation direction in which the light emitting element is installed, the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed can be obtained. As a result, there is an effect that the two-dimensional direction in which the transmitter is installed can be obtained without walking while swinging the receiver left and right in order to find the position of the transmitter and without using a complicated system. There is no need for the time required for transmission / reception with a complicated system and the time required for calculation processing in the system, and therefore it is possible to provide a guidance system that can cope with a case where a guided person moves his / her head rapidly. There is an effect that can be done.

  Furthermore, according to the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal receiver has a function of a guide unit that transmits predetermined guidance information (type is auditory information) to the guided person side who wears the optical signal receiver on the head. ing. The guide unit has a plurality of speakers installed in a predetermined installation form on a headband that can be worn near the spectacles unit and the head of the guided person. Further, the guide unit associates the virtual sound image localization direction (direction in which the light emitting element is installed) obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume or phase difference of the plurality of speakers installed in the predetermined installation type. By performing virtual sound image localization, it also has a function of a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that transmits auditory information from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person. As a result, it is possible to obtain detailed position information of a transmitter existing in a general continuous space, and to provide a guidance system in which the direction of sound image localization is not limited to the one-dimensional direction on the left and right. .

  In addition, according to the guidance system of the present invention, when the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit uses the face-up / down speaker group format, the light receiving element having the positional relationship in the azimuth direction arranged near the bridge of the spectacles unit The reception intensity ratio between the two is made to correspond to the volume of the left and right speakers. In addition, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements arranged in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit and having the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction is obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit by corresponding to the volume of the top speaker 2 and the lower speaker. The virtual sound image localization in which the virtual sound image localization direction and the sound volume of the plurality of speakers are associated with each other can be performed, and auditory information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side. In the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit, the modulation of the optical signal in the optical signal transmitter is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation (PPM), or When using the face up / down type speaker group format in the case of the digital modulation method, the predetermined volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers, the top speaker and the lower speaker and the two-dimensional spatial coordinates where the light emitting element is installed By using the virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship with the position in the above, the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is associated with each sound volume and / or phase difference of the plurality of speakers. Virtual sound image localization is performed, and the auditory information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side. By using a plurality of speakers as described above instead of headphones or stereo earphones, etc., the direction of the sound image is easy to understand, and guidance that does not hinder the hearing of ambient sounds that people with visual disabilities need in daily activities There is an effect that a system can be provided.

  According to the guidance system of the present invention, since image guidance information (the type of predetermined guidance information is visual information) is used instead of auditory information, components related to auditory information are removed, and visual information is displayed. A receiving circuit part, a small display, and a guide part can be provided. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to provide a guidance system for a hearing impaired person using spatial light communication.

  According to the guidance system of the present invention, the optical signal receiver includes a light receiving element belonging to the first light receiving element group and a light receiving element array belonging to the second light receiving element group. The light-receiving element array belonging to the second light-receiving element group is a light-receiving element array used for distance determination. A light-receiving element array with a narrow directivity in the horizontal direction (azimuth angle direction) is changed little by little by changing the angle of the optical axis. Then, a radial directional array is formed. In the second light receiving element group, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity among the left light receiving elements, the angle formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. Similarly, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity in the right light receiving element array, the angle formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. By using this set of angles and the distance between the right and left wisdom of the spectacle unit, the distance between the spectacle unit and the optical signal transmitter can be calculated from the principle of triangulation. In order to convey the information of the measured distance to the guide person, by using at least one of volume operation, spectrum operation, reverberation characteristics, phase fluctuation, or virtual surround technology for the audio signal used for guidance It is possible to perform voice information processing. As described above, a sense of perspective of a pseudo distance can be transmitted to the guided person. As a result, the position of the optical signal transmission source is not limited to a high place as in the prior art, and the optical signal reception capable of notifying the distance to the optical signal transmission source without adjusting the light receiving sensitivity level. There is an effect that a guidance system having a machine can be provided.

It is a figure which shows the structure of the various Example in the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the Example of the 1-xy-A group in the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the circuit structure of the optical signal transmitter 100 in Example 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 1 in Example 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the receiving circuit part 220 in Example 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the circuit structure of the receiving circuit part 220 in Example 1 of this invention. It is the graph which showed typically the dependence with respect to the angle on either side of the relative receiving sensitivity at the time of the light receiving element 212UL or 212UR receiving an optical signal, ie, directivity. It is a graph which shows the synthetic | combination directivity obtained by two light receiving element 212UL and 212UR which provided the angle in optical axis 217UL and 217UR. In the graph of FIG. 8, it is the graph which showed the relationship between the relative reception intensity ratio obtained by the relative light reception sensitivity characteristic by the left and right light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR, and the left and right angles. The virtual sound image localization is performed by detecting two-dimensional information in the left-right and up-down directions using the optical signal that has been subjected to FM modulation, PM modulation or PWM modulation, pulse position modulation (PPM), or digital modulation in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a block diagram which shows the circuit example for this. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 2 in Example 2 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 3 in Example 3 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 4 in Example 4 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 5 in Example 5 of this invention. A circuit example for performing virtual sound localization by detecting two-dimensional information in the left and right and up and down directions using an optical signal that has been subjected to FM modulation, PM modulation, PWM, PPM modulation, or digital modulation in the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 6 in Example 6 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 7 in Example 7 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 8 in Example 8 of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the example of a circuit for performing virtual sound image localization using the virtual surround technique in Example 8 of this invention using the digitally modulated optical signal. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal transmitter 101 in Example 9 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 9-1 in Example 9 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 9-2 in Example 9 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the Example of the 1-xy-B group in the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the optical signal transmitter 600 in Example 10 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 10 in Example 10 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the circuit structure of the receiving circuit part 720 in Example 10 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the image display part 721 side of the receiving circuit part 720 in Example 10 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 11 in Example 11 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 12 in Example 12 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 13 in Example 13 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the Example of 1-xz-A, B group in the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 14 in Example 14 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 15 in Example 15 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 19 in Example 19 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 20 in Example 20 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the Example of 2-xyz-A and B group in the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 23 in Example 23 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 25 in Example 25 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 28 in Example 28 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 29 in Example 29 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 31 in Example 31 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal receiver 32 in Example 32 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the circuit structure of the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 in Example 35 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 in Example 35 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the external appearance of the transmission / reception circuit part 1920 in Example 35 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the circuit structure of the transmission / reception circuit part 1920 in Example 35 of this invention. It is a perspective view of the optical signal transmitter 2000 in Example 38 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the Example of S-1-6-A and B group in the application example of the guidance system of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 39 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 41 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the other application example of the guidance system in Example 41 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 42 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 44 of this invention. It is the figure which looked at the condition where the to-be-guided person 2100M shown by FIG. 53 arrived at the stairs 2405 from the side. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 45 of this invention. FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a situation where a train enters the boarding platform and the platform door 2510 is opened in FIG. 5. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 46 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 47 of this invention. FIG. 11 shows a display unit of a data writer 2600. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 49 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the other application example of the guidance system in Example 49 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of application of the guidance system in Example 50 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 51 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 54 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the application example of the guidance system in Example 55 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of application of the guidance system in Example 56 of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the internal structure of the microcomputer circuit 226 in each Example mentioned above. It is a figure which shows the example in case the structure of the optical signal receiver 1 in Example 1 of this invention is comprised only by a headband, without using the said spectacles part. It is a figure which shows the example in the case of comprising the structure of the optical signal receiver 1 in Example 1 of this invention using a cap without using the said spectacles part and a headband. In the first embodiment of the present invention, FM modulation, PM modulation or PWM, pulse position modulation (PPM), or digitally modulated optical signals are used, two-dimensional information in the left and right and up and down directions is detected, and an analog operation is used for virtual processing. It is a block diagram which shows the example of a circuit for performing a sound image localization. It is a block diagram which shows the example of a circuit for detecting the two-dimensional information of the left-right and up-down directions using the AM signal in Example 1 of this invention, and performing a virtual sound image localization by the method by an analog calculation.

  In this specification, first, the guidance system of the present invention will be described using various embodiments, and then various application examples of the guidance system will be described. Details will be described with reference to the drawings in each embodiment described later. The guide system of the present invention includes an optical signal transmitter that transmits an optical signal by one or more light emitting elements and an optical signal receiver that receives the optical signal by a plurality of light receiving elements. The optical signal receiver includes a plurality of optical signal receivers. It has a spectacle part in which a light receiving element is installed, a receiving circuit part connected to the spectacle part, and a guide part connected to the receiving circuit part and transmitting predetermined guide information to the guided person side. In this specification and the like, a spherical coordinate system centered on the head of the guided person regarding spatial sound is used. The origin of the coordinate system is the midpoint of the line segment connecting the two ear canal entrances of the guided person, the horizontal plane is the plane that includes the right orbital point and the left and right tragus, and the cross section is perpendicular to the horizontal plane through both ear canal entrances. The median plane is a plane that is orthogonal to both the horizontal plane and the cross section (for example, “Kazuhiro Iida, Masayuki Morimoto, Spatial Acoustics, August 27, 2010, Corona Publishing” etc.) Please refer.) A point in the spherical coordinate system is given by (r, θ, φ) where φ is the azimuth angle, θ is the elevation angle, and r is the distance from the origin to the point. Here, the distance r is also called “radial radius”. The relationship between the spherical coordinate system and the three-dimensional (xyz) coordinate system is as follows. That is, the direction connecting the right and left tragus of the guided person in the horizontal plane is the x axis, the direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane is the z axis in the horizontal plane, and is included in the median plane perpendicular to the x axis and in the transverse plane. Direction is the y-axis. The left and right azimuth directions around the z-axis are -x and + x directions when considered as components projected on the x-axis, and the upper and lower elevation directions are + y and -y when considered as components projected on the y-axis. Direction. In the following, the eyeglass bridge is the part that connects the left and right lenses, the rim is the edge part that fixes the lens, and the temple is the part that relates to the ear from the opening and closing part that connects to the front. Yes, Chi is the left and right end portions of the front connected to the temple, and this is a portion where the lens can be tilted by deforming it.

  FIG. 1 shows the configuration of various embodiments of the guidance system of the present invention. In FIG. 1, the left side (dotted line) shows the configuration / function of the optical signal transmitter, and the right side shows the configuration / function of the optical signal receiver. As shown in the configuration / function on the optical signal transmitter side in FIG. 1, predetermined guide information is emitted from the light emitting element by an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light or near infrared light (steps S11 to S13). Here, the light emitting element is one or more light emitting elements having directivity around the optical axis. The emitted optical signal is received by a light receiving element installed in the spectacle unit on the optical signal receiver side, sent to a receiving circuit unit connected to the spectacle unit, and demodulated (steps S20 to S21). Here, the light receiving elements are a plurality of light receiving elements having directivity around the optical axis having sensitivity to visible light or infrared light. When obtaining information on azimuth angle φ direction and information on elevation angle θ direction with respect to the direction in which the light emitting element is installed (both referred to as two-dimensional information together as one-dimensional information, hereinafter also referred to as “xy information”) xy information (Step S30) When the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the information is transmitted to the guided person (for example, visually impaired person) through the speaker (Step S31). This step S31 corresponds to the first to ninth embodiments. Examples 1 to 9 are classified into 1-xy-A (“A” means auditory sense, the same applies hereinafter) group. When xy information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element is installed is obtained (step S30), and when the predetermined guidance information is visual information, the information is transmitted to the guided person (for example, a hearing impaired person) via the display (step S32). This step S32 corresponds to Examples 10 to 13. Examples 10 to 13 are classified into 1-xy-B (“B” means visual sense, the same applies hereinafter) group. In the case of obtaining information on the azimuth angle φ direction with respect to the direction in which the light emitting element is installed and information on the distance r (each of which is referred to as two-dimensional information together as one-dimensional information. (Step S40) If the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the information is transmitted to the guided person (for example, visually impaired person) through the speaker (Step S41). This step S41 corresponds to Examples 14-18. Examples 14 to 18 are defined as a 1-xz-A group. When xz information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element is installed is obtained (step S40) and the predetermined guidance information is visual information, the information is transmitted to the guided person (for example, a hearing impaired person) by the display (step S42). This step S42 corresponds to Examples 19-22. Examples 19 to 22 are defined as 1-xz-B group. Information on the azimuth angle φ direction, information on the elevation angle θ direction, and information on the distance r regarding the position where the light-emitting element is installed (three-dimensional information, each referred to as three-dimensional information. Hereinafter also referred to as “xyz information”). ) When obtaining xyz information (step S50) and when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, it is transmitted to the guided person (for example, a visually handicapped person) through a speaker (step S51). This step S51 corresponds to Examples 23 to 24. Examples 23 to 24 are set as a 2-xyz-A group. When xyz information relating to the position where the light emitting element is installed is obtained (step S50), and when the predetermined guidance information is visual information, the information is transmitted to the guided person (for example, a hearing impaired person) (step S52). This step S52 corresponds to Examples 25-26. Examples 25 to 26 are set as a 2-xyz-B group.

  As shown in the upper left of FIG. 1, when the guide information is the installation position of the optical signal transmitter or the like (step S60), it corresponds to Example 27 and is set as a 3-AB group. As shown in the center of FIG. 1, when the optical signal receiver uses an inclination sensor that detects the inclination of the spectacle unit (step S <b> 70), it corresponds to Examples 28 to 30 and is set as a 4-AB group. When the optical signal receiver uses an auxiliary device related to light reception (step S80), it corresponds to Examples 31 to 34 and is set as a 5-AB group. When the optical signal transmitter uses the optical signal receiver and the optical signal receiver uses the optical signal transmitter (step S90), this corresponds to Examples 35 to 37 and is set as the 6-AB group. When the optical signal transmitter uses the movable part / control part of the optical signal transmitter (step S100), it corresponds to the thirty-eighth embodiment and is set to the 7-AB group. Hereinafter, each embodiment will be described in detail in the order of 1-xy-A group, 1-xy-B group,... With reference to the drawings.

1-xy-A group:
FIG. 2 shows the configuration of an embodiment of the 1-xy-A group in the guidance system of the present invention. As in FIG. 1, the left side (dotted line) in FIG. 2 shows the configuration / function of the optical signal transmitter, and the right side shows the configuration / function of the optical signal receiver. As shown in the configuration / function on the optical signal transmitter side in FIG. 2, predetermined guide information output from a voice recorder or the like is transmitted as an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light or near infrared light (steps S10 to S10). S12). When the modulation method is analog modulation (analog amplitude modulation: AM modulation, analog frequency modulation: FM modulation, analog phase modulation: PM modulation) and pulse modulation (pulse width modulation: PWM modulation and PPM modulation), it is modulated by each modulation method. The optical signal is emitted from the light emitting element (steps S12-1 to S13-1).

  The emitted optical signal is received by the light receiving element installed in the eyeglass part on the optical signal receiver side (step S20-1). Here, at least three light receiving elements are installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles, and the optical axis is in the azimuth direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other between the two light receiving elements. Elevation angle direction in which the optical axis forms an angle in the elevation angle elevation direction so that the directional regions partially overlap each other between the two light receiving elements. The positional relationship is as follows. In the case where the four light receiving elements in both positional relations are X-shaped when viewed from the front side of the spectacle unit (step S25), a face up-and-down type speaker having speakers above and below the face of the guided person is used. Is Example 1 (Step S31-1), and Example 2 (Step S31-2) is a case where an upper and lower ear type speaker having speakers above and below the guided person's ear is used. In the case of the above X-shaped (step S25) and having another type of light receiving element (step S25-1), the case where another type of speaker is used as the face upper and lower type speaker is the third embodiment (step S31). Example 4 (step S31-4) is a case where another type of speaker is used as the upper and lower ear speaker. Example 5 (step S26) in which the four light receiving elements in both the positional relations are + -shaped when viewed from the front side of the glasses (step S26) and a face vertical speaker and an ear vertical speaker are used. S31-5). In the case of the + character type (step S26) and the right and left type having separate light receiving elements on the left and right sides (step S26-1), another type of speaker may be used as the upper and lower face type speaker. (Step S31-6). When the above + character type (step S26), left and right type (step S26-1), and having another type of light receiving element (step S26-2), the case where another type of speaker is used as the face vertical type speaker is implemented. This is Example 7 (step S31-7).

  Returning to the optical signal transmitter, when the modulation method is digital modulation, the digitally modulated optical signal is emitted from the light emitting element (steps S12-2 to S13-2). The emitted optical signal is received by the light receiving element installed in the eyeglass part on the optical signal receiver side (step S20-2). When the above-described positional relationship between the four light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit is either X type or + type (step S25 + S26), a virtual surround type using speakers installed on the left and right of the spectacle unit ( The case of using the VS type is Example 8 (Step S31-8). Example 9 (step S31-9) is a case where an external light emitting element is further used on the optical signal transmitter side and a light receiving element having a narrower directivity is used on the optical signal receiver side.

  FIG. 3 shows a circuit configuration of the optical signal transmitter 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 3, the right direction is the z-axis, the upward direction is the x-axis, and the forward direction is the y-axis (not shown). Reference numeral 111 is a voice recorder circuit, 112 is an optical signal transmission circuit, and 113L, 113C, and 113R are optical signals. Light-emitting elements connected to the transmission circuit 112, each having directivity in the 116L direction (shown by a dotted line; the same applies hereinafter) centered on the optical axis 117L (shown by a dotted line; the same applies hereinafter), and centered on the optical axis 117C Directivity in the 116C direction and directivity in the 116R direction around the optical axis 117R. In FIG. 3, the directivity 116L and the like of the light emitting element 113L and the like are shown in the xz plane, but this is for the convenience of the drawing, and actually has an optical axis and directivity in the xyz space. The number of the light emitting elements 113L and the like is not limited to three. 3, 114A is a battery, 114B is a power supply circuit, 115 is a microcomputer circuit with a memory card (not shown) insertion mechanism (hereinafter abbreviated as "microcomputer circuit"), and 117 is a communication such as wireless or wired LAN. Circuit. As shown in FIG. 3, the voice recorder circuit 111, the optical signal transmission circuit 112, the battery 114A, the power circuit 114B, the microcomputer circuit 115, and the communication circuit 117 are connected to each other by a bus BT. Here, the “microcomputer” refers to a microprocessor, a RAM, a flash memory, an AD converter, a timer, a peripheral module, and the like integrated on one chip.

  Next, functions of the optical signal transmitter 100 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the optical signal transmission circuit 112 inputs the guidance voice recorded in the voice recorder circuit 111 or the guidance voice information recorded on the memory card (the type of the predetermined guidance information is auditory information). The light-emitting elements 113L, 113C, and 113R are converted into electric signals for modulation, and transmitted from the light-emitting elements 113L, 113C, and 113R as optical signals obtained by modulating visible light to near-infrared light. At this time, the optical signal is analog intensity (amplitude) modulation (AM), analog frequency modulation (FM), analog phase modulation (PM), pulse width modulation (PWM), pulse position modulation (PPM), digital modulation, etc. It can be used. Here, at least one light emitting element is necessary. However, when a plurality of light emitting elements 113L and the like are used as shown in FIG. 3, the angle at which an optical signal can be transmitted can be widened, and each light emitting element 113L. It is also possible to transmit different guidance voice information from the above. For example, guidance voice information such as “is diagonally to the left” from the light emitting element 113L, “is in front of” from the light emitting element 113C, and “is diagonally right to” from the light emitting element 113R is transmitted. Thus, it becomes possible to inform the guided person of the relative position with respect to the optical signal transmitter 100. A light emitting diode (LED) or a semiconductor laser is preferably used as the light emitting element 113L. The guidance information recorded on the memory card inserted into the microcomputer circuit 115 can be rewritten by the command received by the communication circuit 117. As a result, voice guidance according to the situation can be performed. In the first embodiment and each embodiment of the 1-xy-A group described below, the same optical signal transmitter 100 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitter 100 is omitted in each of the following embodiments.

  4A, 4B, and 4C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 4A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 1, FIG. 4B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 4C is a left side view thereof. The relationship with the x-axis, the y-axis, and the z-axis, respectively. As described above, the direction connecting the left and right tragus of the guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 in the horizontal plane is the x axis, and the direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane is the y axis in the horizontal plane. The direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane is the z axis. In the present specification and drawings, the left and right direction means the left and right azimuth directions with respect to the positive z-axis direction in the horizontal plane as viewed from the wearer (guided person) side of the optical signal receiver 1, and the symbols L and R respectively. It shows with. The vertical direction refers to the vertical elevation direction with respect to the horizontal plane viewed from the wearer side, and is indicated by U (or UP) and L (or LW), respectively. The symbol L can be distinguished from left or lower depending on the mode of use. In FIG. 4A, reference numerals 212UL, 212UR, 212LL, and 212LR are each a light receiving element (preferably a photodiode) installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1, and in this order, the optical axis 217UL in the diagonally upper left direction. , An optical axis 217UR in the diagonally upward right direction, an optical axis 217LL in the diagonally downward left direction, and an optical axis 217LR in the diagonally downward right direction. In the present specification and drawings, the spectacle part FR1 refers to the front of spectacles in a narrow sense, but refers to the entire spectacles (including lenses, wisdom, temples, etc.) in which the light receiving element 212UL or the like is installed in a broad sense. 4A, reference numerals 213L and 213R are left and right speakers respectively installed on the left and right sides of the spectacle part FR1, and 213UP is a left and right headband 214A mounted on the left and right sides of the head of the guided person. A head speaker installed at the top of the head, 213LW is a lower speaker installed near the tip of the lower arm part 218A extending in the downward direction (downward in the y-axis) of the left and right headbands 214A, and 213SW2 is the top of the head A switch for upper and lower speakers installed on the lower arm portion 218A to turn on and off the speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW (or to adjust the volume level, etc.), 220 is located downward from either the left or right side of the spectacle portion FR1. The receiving circuit unit is connected to the spectacle unit FR1 by the extended cable unit 218C. Note that the communication between the spectacles unit FR1 and the receiving circuit unit 220 can be transmitted and received by wireless communication or human body communication instead of communication by wired connection by the cable unit 218C. In this case, the cable unit 218C is not necessary, and a radio communication circuit or a human body communication circuit may be added to the glasses unit FR1 and the reception circuit unit 220 instead. The light receiving elements 212UL, 212UR, 212LL, and 212LR (hereinafter referred to as “light receiving element 212UL”), the top speaker 213UP, the lower speaker 213LW, the left and right speakers 213L and 213R (hereinafter referred to as “speakers 213UP, etc.”). ) Are connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. As described above, the installation format of a plurality of speakers having the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, the top speaker 213UP, and the lower speaker 213LW is referred to as a face vertical speaker group format, and these speakers are referred to as face vertical speaker groups. Say.

  In FIG. 4B, portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 4A indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 4B, reference numeral 213SW1 denotes a left / right speaker switch installed near the left side of the glasses FR1 in order to turn on / off the left and right speakers 213L and 213R (or adjust the volume level, etc.), and 216L receives light. The elements 212UL and 212LL have a left front direction directivity 216R, and the light receiving elements 212UR and 212LR have a right front direction directivity. As shown in FIG. 4B, between the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR, the optical axis 217UL is such that the regions of the left front direction directivity 216L and the right front direction directivity 216R partially overlap each other. And 217UR have a positional relationship that forms an angle in the left-right direction. This positional relationship is the same between the two light receiving elements 212LL and 212LR. 4A shows a state in which the optical axis 217UL and the like are projected on the xy plane, the optical axis 217UL and the like extend in the z-axis direction as shown in FIG. 4B.

  In FIG. 4C, portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4A and 4B indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 4C, reference numeral 216UP indicates the oblique upward directivity of the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR, and 216LW indicates the oblique downward directivity of the light receiving elements 212LL and 212LR. As shown in FIG. 4C, between the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL, the optical axis 217UL is such that the regions of the oblique upward directivity 216UP and the oblique downward directivity 216LW partially overlap each other. And 217LL have a positional relationship that forms an angle in the elevation direction. This positional relationship is the same between the two light receiving elements 212UR and 212LR. As shown in FIG. 4C, the left and right headbands 214A and the lower arm portion 218A are connected.

  The optical signal receiver 1 receives the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 by the four light receiving elements 212UL and the like, and determines the direction in which the optical signal arrives from left and right and up and down two-dimensional information (xy information and xz information). Hereinafter, this method will be described with reference to the configuration of the receiving circuit unit 220. FIG. 5 shows an appearance of the receiving circuit unit 220 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 5, reference numeral 221 denotes a volume adjustment dial for adjusting the volume of the speaker 213UP and the like, 222 denotes a power switch of the receiving circuit unit 220, 223 denotes an external for writing data into a memory card and a memory in the microcomputer circuit described later. A connector for connecting devices. FIG. 6 shows a circuit configuration of the receiving circuit unit 220 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 6, reference numeral 224 denotes an optical signal receiving circuit, 225 denotes an audio output circuit, 226 denotes a microcomputer circuit with a memory card insertion mechanism (microcomputer circuit), 227 denotes a digital signal processing (DSP) circuit, and 228 denotes a battery of the receiving circuit unit 220. It is. The optical signal receiving circuit 224, the audio output circuit 225, the microcomputer circuit 226, the DSP circuit 227, and the battery 228 are connected to each other by a bus BR, and the bus BR is connected to a connector 223. The receiving circuit unit 220 is connected to the light emitting element 212UL and the speaker 213UP and the like via the cable 218C. The optical signals received by the four light receiving elements 212UL and the like described above are guided to the receiving circuit unit 220 via the cable 218C and demodulated into an audio signal in the audio band by the optical signal receiving circuit 224. The demodulated electrical signal is transmitted as an audio signal from the above-described speaker 213UP or the like to the guided person through the audio output circuit 225.

  Informing the guided person of the direction in which the light emitting element 113L or the like is present is a two-dimensional space for sound signals reproduced from a plurality of speakers 213UP or the like due to a volume difference or phase difference between the speakers 213UP or the like, or both. (In this specification and the like, it refers to a space composed of the above-described two-dimensional information, that is, information in the horizontal direction based on the azimuth angle and information in the vertical direction based on the elevation angle.) The position specified by the virtual sound image localization on the coordinates This is possible by matching the direction to 113L or the like. First, the virtual sound image localization will be briefly described. When humans hear sound, they can know the direction in which the sound is heard and the distance to the sound source, and this ability is called sound image localization ability. The sound that reaches both ears from a certain position incorporates the transfer characteristic (head-related transfer function) from the sound source to both ears. This is thought to be due to the perception of the target direction and distance. In other words, the level difference, time difference, and frequency characteristics between the two ears differ depending on the direction and distance of the sound source, and humans perceive the direction and distance of the sound source using these differences in transfer characteristics as clues. Yes. Therefore, if an audio signal equivalent to the transfer characteristic from a sound source in a certain direction and distance is supplied near the both ears of the guided person, the guided person uses the transfer characteristic so that the audio signal is It is recognized as an audio signal from a sound source at a distance. That is, virtual sound image localization that localizes the position of a sound image in a virtual acoustic space is possible. In the (stereo) sound image localization technology described in the background art, since the sound signal is supplied to both ears using headphones or stereo earphones, the sound image is localized in the human head, and the direction of the sound image is There was a problem that it was difficult to understand. However, in the guidance system of the present invention, the headlight or the stereo earphone is not used, and the direction on the two-dimensional space specified by the virtual sound image localization is made coincident with the direction of the light emitting element 113L, etc. Is used to perceive the direction in which there is. Hereinafter, the method will be specifically described.

  There are several methods for matching the position in the two-dimensional space (hereinafter referred to as “virtual sound image localization position”) specified by performing the virtual sound image localization in the direction of the light emitting element 113L and the like. One is a method in which the reception intensity of the optical signal in each of the plurality of light receiving elements 212UL corresponds to the reproduction volume from the plurality of speakers 213UP or the like when using an analog intensity modulated (analog amplitude modulation: AM) signal. is there. This method can be realized by appropriately selecting the directivity of the light receiving element 212UL and the relative optical axis angle between the light receiving elements 212UL and the like.

  7 to 9 are diagrams for explaining the principle of detecting the direction of the light emitting element 113L and the like by a combination of a plurality of light receiving elements 212UL and the like in the guidance system of the present invention. 7 to 9, two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR. Of course, other sets of light receiving elements may be used as long as the positional relationship is similar) are used to set the angle in the left-right direction. The case of detection is described as an example. FIG. 7 is a graph schematically showing the dependence of the relative reception sensitivity on the left and right angles when the light receiving element 212UL or 212UR receives an optical signal, that is, the directivity. FIG. 8 is a graph showing the angle on the optical axes 217UL and 217UR. 9 is a graph showing the combined directivity obtained by the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR provided with FIG. 9, and FIG. 9 shows the relative reception intensity ratio obtained by the relative light receiving sensitivity characteristics of the left and right light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR in FIG. It is the graph which showed the relationship with the angle on either side.

  The graph shown in FIG. 7 is a directivity diagram when the light receiving element 212UL or 212UR is viewed from above, and a detailed directivity diagram when viewed from the side is omitted. In the graph shown in FIG. 7, the angle in the left-right direction is 0 ° in the optical axis 217UL direction, and the reception sensitivity in the 0 ° direction is the maximum electric field strength. The relative reception sensitivity shown in FIG. 7 indicates the relative strength when the maximum electric field strength is 1. As shown in FIG. 7, the light receiving element 212UL or 212UR has a slightly narrow directivity with the optical axis 217UL or 217UR as the center.

  The graph shown in FIG. 8 is a directivity diagram when the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR are viewed from above, and corresponds to the directivities 216L and 216R in FIG. A detailed directivity diagram when viewed from the side as in FIG. 7 is omitted, but refer to directivity 216UP and 216LW shown in FIG. The relative reception sensitivity is the same as in FIG. Two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having directivity shown in FIG. 7 are arranged at a relative angle as shown in FIG. In the example shown in FIG. 8, the relative angle is 90 ° (left side −45 ° to right side 45 °). In FIG. 8, the light receiving element 212UL is arranged with an angle of −45 ° on the left side, the directivity (corresponding to 216L) is indicated by a dotted line L with a narrow interval, and the light receiving element 212UR is provided with an angle of 45 ° on the right side. The directivity (corresponding to 216R) is indicated by dotted lines R with a wide interval. The sum of the directivity of the light receiving element 212UL and the directivity of the light receiving element 212UR is indicated by a solid line L + R. As shown in FIG. 8, when the light emitting element 113C and the like are at the front (0 °) position, the relative reception sensitivity in the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR is equal. However, as the angle increases from the front to the left and right, the ratio of the relative reception sensitivity between the light receiving element 212UL and the light receiving element 212UR increases.

  FIG. 9 is a graph showing the above-described change in the relative reception (or light reception) sensitivity ratio of the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR, where the horizontal axis represents the angle (°) and the vertical axis represents the relative reception sensitivity ratio (dB). In FIG. 9, L and R shown in FIG. 8 are used, and 10 log (R / L) is indicated by a solid line as a relative reception sensitivity ratio, and 10 log (L / R) is indicated by a dotted line. As shown in FIG. 9, the relative reception sensitivity ratio indicated by the solid line increases as the angle becomes positive (right side), and conversely, the relative reception sensitivity ratio indicated by the dotted line increases as the angle becomes negative (left side). That is, the graph shown in FIG. 9 shows the relationship between the relative reception sensitivity ratio in a plurality of light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR) and the direction in which the optical signal reaches.

  In the case of using an AM-modulated signal as described above, if the relative reception sensitivity ratio is made to correspond to each volume of the speakers 213L and 213R arranged on the left and right in the optical signal receiver 1, the light emitting element of the optical signal transmitter 100 is used. Virtual sound image localization can be performed in the horizontal direction in which 117C and the like exist. That is, the volume of each speaker 213L and 213R may be adjusted so as to correspond to the relationship between the relative reception sensitivity ratio in the plurality of light receiving elements shown in FIG. In order to match the correspondence as accurately as possible, the directivity characteristics of the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR and the relative angle between the two light receiving elements may be appropriately selected. If the relative reception sensitivity ratio in the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having the optical axes 217UL and 217UR at an angle can be measured by the optical signal receiving circuit 224 based on the principle described above, the receiving circuit unit 220 is created in advance. The left and right positions of the light emitting element 117C and the like can be obtained from the graph shown in FIG. 9, and if the sound output circuit 225 adjusts the volume of each speaker 213L and 213R so as to correspond to the position, an optical signal transmission is performed. The direction of the light emitting element 117C and the like of the machine 100 can correspond to the left and right direction of the virtual sound image localization.

  The above principle can be similarly applied to the detection of the elevation direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like exist. In this case, for example, the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL may be used as the two light receiving elements. Of course, other sets of light receiving elements may be used as long as they have the same positional relationship. A directivity diagram similar to the graph shown in FIG. 7 is obtained as a directivity diagram when the light receiving element 212UL or 212LL is viewed from the side. However, the angle is in the vertical direction. A directivity diagram similar to the graph shown in FIG. 8 is obtained as a directivity diagram when the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL are viewed from above. However, the angle is in the vertical direction. Similarly to FIG. 8, the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL are arranged with a relative angle of 90 ° (upper side −45 ° to lower side 45 °. However, the sign of the angle may be changed as appropriate). Good. That is, as in the example shown in FIG. 8, the light receiving element 212UL is arranged with an angle of −45 ° on the upper side, and the directivity (corresponding to 216UP) can be shown in the same manner as the dotted line L with a narrow interval ( Although not shown, it is a dotted line UP.), The light receiving element 212LL is arranged at an angle of 45 ° on the lower side, and its directivity (corresponding to 216LW) can be shown in the same manner as the dotted line R with a wide interval (not shown). Is a dotted line LW). The sum of the directivity of the light receiving element 212UL and the directivity of the light receiving element 212LL can be indicated by a dotted line UP + LW (not shown) as with the solid line L + R. Similarly to FIG. 8, when the light emitting element 113C and the like are at the front (0 °) position, the relative reception sensitivity in the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL is equal. However, as the angle increases in the vertical direction from the front, the relative reception sensitivity of the light receiving element 212UL changes so that the upper side is strong and the lower side is weak, while the relative reception sensitivity of the light receiving element 212LL is changed so that the lower is strong and the upper side is weak. Go. The change described above can be shown in the same manner as in FIG. 9 using the relative reception sensitivity ratio of the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL. That is, as the relative reception sensitivity ratio, 10 log (LW / UP) is indicated by a solid line, and 10 log (LW / UP) is indicated by a dotted line. Similarly to FIG. 9, the relative reception sensitivity ratio indicated by the solid line increases as the angle becomes positive (lower side), and conversely, the relative reception sensitivity ratio indicated by the dotted line increases as the angle becomes negative (upper side).

  As described above, when an AM-modulated signal is used, the relative reception sensitivity ratio is made to correspond to each volume of the speakers 213UP and 213LW arranged above and below in the optical signal receiver 1, whereby the light emission of the optical signal transmitter 100 is achieved. The virtual sound image can be localized in the elevation direction where the element 117C and the like exist. In order to match the correspondence as accurately as possible, the directivity characteristics of the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL and the relative angle between the two light receiving elements may be appropriately selected. The receiving circuit unit 220 can obtain the left and right directions of the light emitting element 117C and the like by using the same graph as FIG. 9 created in advance, and allows the audio output circuit 225 to adjust the volume of each speaker 213L and 213R so as to correspond to the position. Then, the virtual sound image localization can be performed in the left-right direction of the light emitting element 117C of the optical signal transmitter 100. If the optical signal receiving circuit 224 can measure the reception intensity ratio of the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL having an angle with respect to the optical axes 217UL and 217LL based on the principle described above, the receiving circuit unit 220 is a diagram created in advance. 9 can obtain the elevation angle direction where the light emitting element 117C and the like are present, and if the sound output circuit 225 adjusts the volume of each speaker 213UP and 213LW so as to correspond to the position, the optical signal transmitter The virtual sound image localization can be performed in the elevation direction in which 100 light emitting elements 117C and the like exist.

  Other methods for matching the direction of the virtual sound image localization to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like exist are analog frequency modulation (FM modulation), analog phase modulation (PM modulation), pulse width modulation (PWM modulation), and pulse position. When using a modulated (PPM) optical signal or a digitally modulated optical signal, the reception intensity of the optical signal at the plurality of light receiving elements is measured, and the reproduction volume from the plurality of speakers is determined based on the measured intensity ratio. It is a technique of controlling. This control method can be performed in two ways. One method is to connect the analog output from the reception intensity measurement circuit described later to the AGC circuit described later, based on the volume of the speaker group and the two-dimensional information where the light emitting element is installed. This is a method of associating with specified directions (left and right and up and down directions). Another method uses a digital signal as the output of the reception intensity measurement circuit described later, and the microcomputer relates the relationship between the volume of the speaker group and the direction (left and right and up and down) specified by the two-dimensional information where the light emitting element is installed. This is a method of performing digital computation by the circuit 226. In the latter method using digital calculation, the optical signal receiving circuit 224, the microcomputer circuit 226, the digital signal processing (DSP) circuit 227, and the audio output circuit 225 shown in FIG. 6 are used. For example, the graph shown in FIG. 9, that is, an azimuth direction azimuth direction intensity ratio table (and elevation direction elevation angle direction intensity ratio table) showing the relationship between the relative reception intensity in a plurality of light receiving elements and the direction in which the optical signal reaches, and And a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship between reproduction volume from a plurality of speakers 213UP and the like and the direction (virtual sound image localization direction) of the optical signal transmitter (light emitting element) specified by the two-dimensional information. It is stored in the memory in the circuit 226. The microcomputer circuit 226 receives the optical signal based on the relative reception intensity, the azimuth direction azimuth direction intensity ratio table, and the elevation direction elevation angle direction intensity ratio table measured by the optical signal reception circuit 224. The direction (virtual sound image localization direction) of the light emitting element 113C and the like in the dimensional space is obtained. Next, based on the virtual sound image localization direction and the virtual sound image localization direction table, a reproduction volume from a plurality of speakers 213UP and the like is obtained. The audio output circuit 225 outputs audio from a plurality of speakers 213UP and the like based on the reproduction volume. As described above, by performing digital processing, the virtual sound image localization direction on the two-dimensional space coordinates can be matched with the direction of the light emitting element.

  FIG. 10 shows the digital calculation by detecting the two-dimensional information in the left and right and up and down directions using the optical signal that is FM modulated, PM modulated or PWM, pulse position modulated (PPM), or digitally modulated in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a block diagram which shows the example of a circuit for performing a virtual sound image localization by the method by this. In FIG. 10, the case where the optical signal receiver 1 shown in FIG. 4 is used will be described as an example. In FIG. 10, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4 and 6 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. As shown in FIG. 10, in the optical signal receiving circuit 224 (shown by dotted lines), each photoelectric conversion circuit 212PUR that receives each optical signal from the light receiving elements 212UR, 212UL, 212LR, and 212LL and converts it into an electrical signal. , 212PUL, 212PLR, 212PLL. The signal converted by the photoelectric conversion circuit 212PUR is sent to the demodulation circuit 224DUR for the upper right channel and the reception intensity measurement circuit 224MUR for the upper right channel. Similarly, the signals converted by the photoelectric conversion circuits 212PUL, 212PLR, and 212PLL are sent to the demodulation circuits 224DUL, 224DLR, and 224MLL of the upper left channel, the lower right channel, and the lower left channel, respectively. It is sent to the reception intensity measurement circuits 224MUL, 224MLR, 224MLL of the lower right channel and lower left channel. Receiving intensity measuring circuits 224MUR, 224MUL, 224MLR, 224MLL, each receiving intensity is sent to the microcomputer circuit 226. The guidance information (type is auditory information) demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DUR is sent to the automatic gain control circuit (AGC circuit) 225AU for the upper channel and the AGC circuit 225AR for the right channel. The guide information demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DUL (type is auditory information) is sent to the AGC circuit 225AU for the upper channel and the AGC circuit 225AL for the left channel. The guide information (type is auditory information) demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DLR is sent to the AGC circuit 225AR for the right channel and the AGC circuit 225AD for the lower channel. The guide information (type is auditory information) demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DLL is sent to the AGC circuit 225AL for the left channel and the AGC circuit 225AD for the lower channel. The output of the AGC circuit 225AU is sent to the voice power amplification circuit 225PU that amplifies the voice in the upward direction, and the amplified signal is sent to the top speaker 213UP. Similarly, the outputs of the AGC circuits 225AL, 225AR, and 225AD are sent to audio power amplifier circuits 225PL, 225PR, and 225PD that amplify audio in the left direction, right direction, and downward direction, and the amplified signals are transmitted to the left and right speakers. 213L, the left and right speakers 213R, and the lower speaker 213LW.

  The microcomputer circuit 226 obtains the relative reception strength between the light receiving elements 212UR, 212UL, 212LR, and 212LL based on the reception strengths transmitted from the reception strength measurement circuits 224MUR, 224MUL, 224MLR, and 224MLL. Subsequently, as described above, based on the relative reception intensity, the azimuth direction intensity ratio table, and the elevation angle direction intensity ratio table, the direction in which the optical signal arrives (the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. Say “the orientation direction”). Next, based on the virtual sound image localization direction and the virtual sound image localization direction table, a reproduction volume from a plurality of speakers 213UP and the like is obtained. That is, the gains of the AGC circuits 225AU, 225AL, 225AR, and 225AR are determined. By making the audio output intensity of the speaker 213UP or the like proportional to the reception intensity, it is possible to notify the approximate distance.

  The volume of the upper channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DUR and 224DUL is determined by the AGC circuit 225AU, and the top speaker 213UP is driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PU. The volume of the left channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DUL and 224DLL is determined by the AGC circuit 225AL, and the left and right speakers 213L are driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PL. The volume of the right channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DLR and 224DUR is determined by the AGC circuit 225AR, and the left and right speakers 213R are driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PR. The volume of the lower channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DLL and 224DLR is determined by the AGC circuit 225AD, and the lower speaker 213LW is driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PD. As described above, the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DUR, 224DLL, 224DLR, and 224DLL is determined by the AGC circuits 225AU, 225AD, 225AL, and 225AR, and the volume difference between the upper, lower, left, and right channels is determined. 225PL and 225PR drive the upper, lower, left and right speakers, that is, the top speaker 213UP, the lower speaker 213LW, and the left and right speakers 213L and 213R.

  Here, the functions of the reception circuit unit 220 described above are summarized. The receiving circuit unit 220 receives the optical signal transmitted from the light emitting element 113C and the like with at least two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR) and demodulates predetermined guidance information (type is auditory information). A reception intensity ratio between the elements 212UL and 212UR, and an azimuth direction intensity ratio table showing a relationship between a reception intensity ratio between the plurality of light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR and the like, and an azimuth direction in which an optical signal is incident; Based on the above, it has a function of obtaining information on the azimuth direction regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. Along with this function, the optical axis is at an elevation angle so that directional regions (for example, 216UP and 216LW) partially overlap each other between two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL) installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1. Information on other directions (elevation angle direction) related to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed, based on the optical signal received by the light receiving element arranged in the positional relationship (predetermined positional relationship) in the elevation direction that forms an angle with the direction By obtaining (other one-dimensional information), it also has a function of obtaining two-dimensional information related to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. Both functions can be provided in the receiving circuit unit 220 as hardware called a two-dimensional information acquisition unit. Alternatively, both functions can be realized as software called two-dimensional information acquisition means. When realized as software, it can be realized by recording software having a function of a two-dimensional information acquisition unit in a memory (not shown) of the receiving circuit unit 220 and executing the software by the microcomputer circuit 226. Hereinafter, unless otherwise distinguished, the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit are referred to as a two-dimensional information acquisition unit.

  More specifically, the two-dimensional information acquisition unit measures in advance the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements of the optical signal received by two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL etc.) arranged in the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction. Others related to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed based on the elevation angle direction intensity ratio table showing the relationship between the received intensity ratio between the plurality of light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL) and the elevation angle direction in which the optical signal is incident By obtaining the information on the direction, the two-dimensional information on the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed is obtained.

  As described above, the positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the optical axis between two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR, etc.) installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 forms an angle in the left-right (azimuth) direction is As shown in FIG. 4B, the optical axis (for example, 217UL and 217UR) of each light receiving element projected onto the xz plane is from + 45 ° (+ φ) to −45 ° (− (90) directivity angle (full width at half maximum, 2φ) (predetermined angle). Similarly, the above-described positional relationship in the elevation angle direction is shown as projected onto the yz plane in FIG. 4C, but the optical axis (for example, 217UL and 217LL) of each light receiving element is shifted from the horizontal plane to the y axis. The positional relationship has an elevation angle (full angle at half maximum, 2θ) (predetermined angle) of 90 ° from + 45 ° (+ θ) to −45 ° (−θ) in the direction. For details, refer to FIGS. 7 to 9 described above. Returning to FIG. 4A, when the positional relationship in the azimuth angle direction and the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction are confirmed, it can be seen that it is X-shaped on the xy plane. The eyeglass part FR1 may have a form such as sunglasses or a frame for protective eyeglasses that is put on normal eyeglasses. The above-mentioned predetermined angle may be 30 ° or more and 120 ° or less. Preferably, if the predetermined angle is about 90 ° as described above, direction transmission with less discomfort to the guided person is possible.

  The optical signal receiver 1 has a function of a guide unit that transmits predetermined guide information (type is auditory information) to a guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 on the head. The guide unit includes a plurality of speakers (in the case of the glasses unit FR1, left and right speakers) installed in a predetermined installation manner on the spectacles unit FR1 and a headband (for example, the left and right headbands 214A) that can be mounted near the head of the guided person. 213L and 213R, etc., a headband speaker 213UP and a lower speaker 213LW). As the predetermined installation format, the above-described face vertical speaker group format is suitable. The plurality of speakers installed in a predetermined installation format may be installed only in either the eyeglass part FR1 or the headband 214A. Further, the guide unit corresponds to the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume or phase difference of a plurality of speakers (for example, left and right speakers 213L and 213R) installed in the predetermined installation format. By performing the virtual sound image localization to be performed, it also has a function of a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that transmits auditory information to the guided person side from the direction in which the virtual sound image is localized. Similar to the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit can be provided as hardware called a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit in the receiving circuit unit 220, or realized as software called a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit. You can also Hereinafter, unless otherwise distinguished, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit and the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit are referred to as a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit.

  More specifically, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 when the modulation of the optical signal in the optical signal transmitter 100 is an analog amplitude modulation (AM) system and the face-up / down speaker group format is used. The reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR, etc.) having the positional relationship in the azimuth direction arranged at the position corresponding to the volume of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R. In addition, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL, etc.) disposed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 and having the positional relationship in the elevation angle is made to correspond to the volume of the top speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW. By performing virtual sound image localization that associates the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers (left and right speakers 213L and 213R, top speaker 213UP, and lower speaker 213LW), Auditory information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side.

  The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit uses an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation (PWM) method, and a pulse position modulation (PPM) method for modulating an optical signal in the optical signal transmitter 100. Alternatively, in the case of the digital modulation system, when using the face up / down type speaker group format, the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, the top speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW, the light emitting element 113C, etc. Using the virtual sound image localization direction table showing the relationship with the direction on the installed two-dimensional space coordinates, the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume of each of the plurality of speakers and / or Performs virtual sound localization by matching the phase difference, and the guided person side from the virtual sound localization direction It can convey the audio information.

  In the above description, the directivity diagrams shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 such as the directivity 116C such as the light emitting element 113C and the like, the directivity 216L such as the light receiving element 212UL, and the like are for making an image of an approximate shape. The shape is not strictly limited. Similarly, in the following description of each embodiment, the directivity 116C such as the light emitting element 113C of the optical signal transmitter 100, the directivity 216L such as the light receiving element 212UL of the optical signal receiver 1, etc. are approximate images. However, the shape is not strictly limited. In the above description and the following description of each embodiment, when a plurality of optical signal transmitters 100 are used, a signal having a high intensity is obtained by changing the wavelength of light of the optical signal transmitted from each optical signal transmitter 100 or the like. By selecting and demodulating, it is possible to prevent interference of each optical signal. In this case, a set of light receiving elements that can selectively receive a wavelength according to the use of the guidance system or the like may be installed in the optical signal receiver 1 or the like. When a plurality of wavelengths are received simultaneously or arbitrarily selected and received, a set of light receiving elements corresponding to the number of wavelengths may be installed in the optical signal receiver so that the set can be selected by a switch. Alternatively, in the above description and the following description of each embodiment, when a plurality of optical signal transmitters 100 are used, and the modulation method of the optical signal is an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width In the case of a modulation (PWM) system, a pulse position modulation (PPM) system, or a digital modulation system, the frequency of a multi-carrier used for modulating an optical signal is changed, and a high-intensity signal is selected and demodulated. Signal interference can be prevented.

  As described above, according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the left front direction directivity 216L between the two light receiving elements (212UL and 212UR, etc.) installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 of the optical signal receiver 1 The optical axes 217UL and 217UR have a positional relationship in the azimuth direction that forms an angle in the left-right (azimuth) direction so that the region with the right front direction directivity 216R partially overlaps each other. Further, between the two light receiving elements (212UL and 212LL, etc.), the optical axes 217UL and 217LL are vertically moved (elevation angle) so that the regions of the diagonally upward directivity 216UP and the diagonally downward directivity 216LW partially overlap each other. It has a positional relationship in the elevation direction that forms an angle with the direction. The two-dimensional information acquisition unit is a table of received intensity ratios and azimuth direction intensity ratios of optical signals received by two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR) arranged in a positional relationship in the azimuth direction. The light received by the two light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL, etc.) arranged in the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction can be obtained based on the above. The virtual sound image localization direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed is obtained by obtaining information on the elevation direction regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed based on the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements and the elevation angle direction intensity ratio table. Can be obtained. As a result, it is possible to obtain the direction in the two-dimensional space in which the transmitter is installed without walking while swinging the receiver to the left and right in order to find the position of the transmitter and without using a complicated system. There is no need for the time required for transmission / reception with a complicated system and the time required for calculation processing in the system, and therefore it is possible to provide a guidance system that can cope with a case where a guided person moves his / her head rapidly. it can.

  Furthermore, according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 1 functions as a guide unit that transmits predetermined guide information (type is auditory information) to the guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 on the head. have. The guide unit includes a plurality of speakers (in the case of the glasses unit FR1, left and right speakers) installed in a predetermined installation manner on the spectacles unit FR1 and a headband (for example, the left and right headbands 214A) that can be mounted near the head of the guided person. 213L and 213R, etc., a headband speaker 213UP and a lower speaker 213LW). Further, the guide unit corresponds to the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume or phase difference of a plurality of speakers (for example, left and right speakers 213L and 213R) installed in the predetermined installation format. By performing virtual sound image localization, the function of a two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that transmits auditory information from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side is also provided. As a result, detailed position information of a transmitter existing in a general continuous space can be obtained, and a guidance system in which the direction of sound image localization is not limited to one-dimensional information in the horizontal direction can be provided.

  In addition, according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit uses the face up-and-down speaker group format when the optical signal modulation in the optical signal transmitter 100 is an analog amplitude modulation (AM) system. Causes the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212UR) disposed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 to correspond to the sound volume of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R. In addition, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (for example, 212UL and 212LL, etc.) disposed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR1 and having the positional relationship in the elevation angle is made to correspond to the volume of the top speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW. By performing virtual sound image localization that associates the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers (left and right speakers 213L and 213R, top speaker 213UP, and lower speaker 213LW), Auditory information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side. The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit uses an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation (PWM) method, and a pulse position modulation (PPM) method for modulating an optical signal in the optical signal transmitter 100. Alternatively, in the case of the digital modulation system, when using the face up / down type speaker group format, the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, the top speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW, the light emitting element 113C, etc. Using the virtual sound image localization direction table showing the relationship with the direction on the installed two-dimensional space coordinates, the virtual sound image localization direction obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume of each of the plurality of speakers and / or Performs virtual sound localization by matching the phase difference, and the guided person side from the virtual sound localization direction It can convey the audio information. By using a plurality of speakers 213UP or the like as described above instead of headphones or stereo earphones, the direction of the sound image is easy to understand, and it may hinder the hearing of ambient sounds that people with visual disabilities need in daily activities. No guidance system can be provided.

  11A, 11B, and 11C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 2 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 11A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 2, FIG. 11B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 11C is a left side view thereof. 11 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217, 217UR, 217LR, and 217LL are the same as those shown in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  The optical signal receiver 2 in the second embodiment is different from the optical signal receiver 1 in the first embodiment in the installation positions of a plurality of speakers, as shown in FIGS. 11 (A), (B), and (C). The speakers 213UL and 213LL are respectively installed near the upper and lower ends of the arm 214BL extending vertically from the left side of the spectacles part FR2 to the vertical direction (y-axis vertical direction). Speakers 213UR and 213LR are installed in the vicinity of the upper and lower ends of the arm portion 214BR extending in the vertical direction of the axis. Hereinafter, the speakers 213UL, 213LL, 213UR, and 213LR are collectively referred to as “left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL and the like”. In FIGS. 11A and 11C, reference numeral 213SWU denotes a left / right upper speaker switch installed in the vicinity of the center of the arm 214BL to turn on / off the upper left / right speakers 213UL and 213UR, and 213SWL denotes lower left / right speakers 213LL and 213LR. This is a switch for the left and right lower speakers installed in the vicinity of the lower part of the arm part 214BL to turn on and off. The speakers 213UL, 213UR, 213LL, and 213LR are each connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. The installation form in which the left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL and the like installed near the distal ends of the arm portions 214BL and 214BR extending vertically (y axis up and down direction) from the right and left wisdom of the spectacles portion FR2 as described above is used. This type of speaker is referred to as an ear up / down type speaker group.

  Other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, and the functions of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the guide unit are the same as those in the first embodiment. That is, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR2 and the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR2. The two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and a plurality of the two-dimensional information are obtained by associating the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (212UL, 212LL, etc.) having the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction with the volume of the left / right upper / lower speaker 213UL. The virtual sound image localization corresponding to the volume of the speaker is performed, and the auditory information can be transmitted from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information (virtual sound image localization direction) to the guided person side. Similarly, in the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit, the optical signal modulation in the optical signal transmitter 100 is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation ( In the case of the PPM method or the digital modulation method, a virtual relationship indicating a predetermined relationship between each volume and / or phase difference of the left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL and the direction on the two-dimensional space coordinates where the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. Using the sound image localization direction table, virtual sound image localization is performed by associating the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with each volume and / or phase difference of the plurality of speakers, and from the virtual sound image localization direction. Auditory information can be conveyed to the person being guided.

  As described above, according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the ear upper and lower speaker group format can be used instead of the face upper and lower speaker group format speaker installation format of the first embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the first embodiment, the left and right headbands 214A and the arm portion 218A are not required, so that it is possible to provide a guide system having the optical signal receiver 2 that is easier to wear.

  12A, 12B, and 12C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention. 12A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 3, FIG. 12B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 12C is a left side view thereof. 12 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217, 217UR, 217LR, and 217LL are the same as those shown in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  The optical signal receiver 3 according to the third embodiment is different from the optical signal receiver 1 according to the first embodiment in that a light receiving element is further added to the light receiving element 212UL of the first embodiment and a plurality of upper and lower face type speaker groups. It is in the point which installed the speaker. In FIG. 12A, each of reference numerals 412SL and 412SR is a light receiving element installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacle unit FR3 and connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. In this order, the left optical axis 417SL and directivity 416SL The optical axis 417SR in the right direction and the directivity 416SR are provided. Subsequently, in FIG. 12A, reference numeral 412TP is a light receiving element installed near the top of the left and right headband 214A and connected to the receiving circuit unit 220, and has an optical axis 417TP and directivity 416TP directly above. The reference numeral 412SW is a selection switch for turning on and off the light receiving element 412TP. The light receiving element 412TP is a light receiving element that detects an optical signal (position notification signal or the like) from above, and can be used for notification of a fixed position in a building or a specific exhibition place such as a museum. When the light receiving element 412TP is unnecessary, it can be turned off by the selection switch 412SW. In FIG. 12A, reference numeral 413C denotes a center speaker (center speaker) installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle part FR3 in the front / rear headband 414A worn across the front and back of the head of the guided person. On / off of 413C (and volume control) is performed by the upper / lower speaker switch 213SW2. The center speaker 413C is connected to the receiving circuit unit 220.

  In FIG. 12B and FIG. 12C, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. In FIGS. 12B and 12C, reference numerals 412BL and 412BR are shown in the vicinity of the back of the head in the front and rear headband 414A, and the optical axes are angled in the left and right (azimuth) directions so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other. These are at least two rear light receiving elements installed in a positional relationship in the azimuth direction and connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. In this order, the optical axis 417BL and directivity 416BL in the left rear direction, the optical axis 417BR in the right rear direction, and It has directivity 416BR. 12B, reference numeral 413B is a rear speaker installed near the back of the headband 414A, and 413SW3 is a switch for turning on and off the rear speaker 413B (and adjusting the volume). The rear speaker 413B is connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. As described above, the installation format of the speaker group in which the center speaker 413C and the rear speaker 413B in the front and rear headband 414A are installed in addition to the face vertical speaker group is referred to as a face vertical and head front and rear speaker group format.

  Other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, and the functions of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the guide unit are the same as those in the first embodiment. In other words, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit has a reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (212UL and 212UR, etc.) having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle part FR3 and the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacle part FR3. The received light intensity ratio between the left and right speakers 213L and the center speaker 413C is set so that the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (412SL and 412SR) installed at the center of the eyeglass unit FR3 is near the bridge of the spectacles unit FR3. The reception intensity ratio between the elements (212UL, 212LL, etc.) is made to correspond to the volume of the top speaker 213TP, the lower speaker 213LW, and the center speaker 413C, so that the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and a plurality of the above Perform virtual sound localization that corresponds to the volume of the speaker, It is possible to convey the auditory information from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guide's side. Similarly, in the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit, the optical signal modulation in the optical signal transmitter 100 is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation ( In the case of the PPM system or the digital modulation system, predetermined sound volumes and / or phase differences of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, the top speaker 213UP, the lower speaker 213LW, and the center speaker 413C, and the light emitting element 113C are installed. Using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship with the direction on the two-dimensional space coordinates, or a predetermined volume of the rear speaker 413B and the position on the two-dimensional space coordinates where the rear light emitting element is installed Using the virtual sound image localization direction table showing the relationship, obtained by the 2D information acquisition unit Perform virtual sound image localization by the volume and / or phase difference of the two-dimensional information and a plurality of the speaker and be associated with, it is possible to convey auditory information from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided side.

  The two-dimensional information acquisition unit receives the optical signals received by the rear light receiving elements 412BL and 412BR with respect to the azimuth direction information regarding the direction in which the rear light emitting element (not shown) existing behind the guided person is installed. A function that can be based on a reception intensity ratio between elements and an azimuth direction intensity ratio table can be further provided. In this case, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit can further include a function of associating the information in the azimuth direction regarding the position where the rear light emitting element is installed, obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, with the volume of the rear speaker 413B. For example, if the azimuth angle is left rear, the left speaker 213L and the rear speaker 413B can obtain a virtual sound image localization by using the right speaker 213R and rear speaker 413B.

  The directivity region of the top light receiving element 412TP can partially overlap with the directivity region of the upper light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having an azimuthal positional relationship installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit FR3. It is. In this case, the two-dimensional information acquisition unit receives the elevation direction information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed by the upper light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction with the top light receiving element 412TP. The second elevation angle intensity indicating the relationship between the received intensity ratio of the received optical signal between the light receiving elements and the one-dimensional (elevation angle) direction in which the optical signal is incident and the received intensity ratio among the plurality of light receiving elements measured in advance. By obtaining based on the ratio table, it is possible to further have a function of obtaining a virtual sound image localization direction which is a two-dimensional position where the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit determines the reception intensity ratio between the top light receiving element 412TP and the upper light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having an azimuth direction positional relationship. By performing the virtual sound localization corresponding to the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volumes of the plurality of speakers, the auditory auditory sound is transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side. Can convey information.

  As described above, according to the third embodiment of the present invention, the upper / lower face and front / rear speaker group type installations in which the center speaker 413C and the rear speaker 413B are added to the upper / lower face speaker group type installation form of the first embodiment. The left and right light receiving elements 412SL and 412SR and the top light receiving element 412TP are added. As a result, in addition to the effects of the first embodiment, the receivable angle can be expanded left and right and upward, so that the direction of the virtual sound image localization can be expanded upward. Further, it is possible to provide a guidance system having the optical signal receiver 3 that can also detect the rear light emitting element. Although not shown in FIG. 12, the range of the virtual sound image localization is obtained by adding speakers near the left and right intersections of the left and right headbands 214A and the spectacles part FR3, that is, near the left and right ears of the guided person. Can be expanded to the left and right. This is particularly effective when a light receiving element having lateral directivity indicated by reference numerals 412SL and 412SR is provided as in the third embodiment.

  13A, 13B, and 13C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 4 in the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 13A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 4, FIG. 13B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 13C is a left side view thereof. 13 (A), (B), (C), FIGS. 4 (A), (B), (C), FIGS. 11 (A), (B), (C) and FIGS. B), where the same reference numerals as those in (C) indicate the same elements, the description thereof will be omitted. 4 is also the same as in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description thereof is omitted. The optical axes 217, 217UR, 217LR, and 217LL are as shown in FIGS. Since the optical axes 417SL, 417SR, and 417TP are the same as those shown in FIGS. 12A, 12B, and 12C, the display is omitted.

  The configuration of the light receiving element in the optical signal receiver 4 is the same as that of the third embodiment as shown in FIG. However, as shown in FIGS. 13B and 13C, the light receiving elements 412BL and 412BR are arranged in the back azimuth direction in the vicinity of the back of the head on the left and right headbands 414C attached to the left and right of the back of the guided person. It is installed in a positional relationship. As shown in FIGS. 13 (A), (B), and (C), the speaker is installed in the vicinity of the right and left occipital areas of the occipital left and right headband 414C in addition to the upper and lower ear speaker groups in the second embodiment. The left and right rear speakers 413BL and 413BR are referred to as an ear up / down and occipital type speaker group format. As shown in FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C, reference numeral 414B denotes a left and right headband obtained by removing the arm portion 218A from the left and right headband 214A, and 412SW denotes a selection switch for turning on and off the light receiving element 412TP. If the light receiving element 412TP is unnecessary, it can be turned off by the selection switch 412SW. However, unlike the third embodiment, the selection switch 412SW is provided in the left and right headbands 414B.

  Other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, and the functions of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the guide unit are the same as those in the first embodiment. In other words, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit has a reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (212UL and 212UR, etc.) having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR4 and the vicinity of the left and right sides of the spectacle unit FR4. The reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements (412SL and 412SR) installed on the left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL is made to correspond to the volume of the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the plurality of speakers. Virtual sound image localization corresponding to the sound volume is performed, and auditory information can be transmitted to the guided person side from the virtual sound image localization direction. Similarly, in the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit, the optical signal modulation in the optical signal transmitter 100 is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation ( In the case of the PPM system or the digital modulation system, a virtual relationship indicating a predetermined relationship between each volume and / or phase difference of the left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL and the direction on the two-dimensional spatial coordinates where the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed Using a sound image localization direction table, or a predetermined volume and / or phase difference between the left and right speakers 413BL and 413BR and a direction on a two-dimensional (xy plane) space coordinate where the rear light emitting element is installed. Using the virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship, the localization position obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and a plurality of the above-mentioned spikes are obtained. Perform virtual sound image localization by associating with each volume and / or phase difference of the mosquito, can convey auditory information from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided side.

  The two-dimensional information acquisition unit receives the optical signals received by the rear light receiving elements 412BL and 412BR with respect to the azimuth direction information regarding the direction in which the rear light emitting element (not shown) existing behind the guided person is installed. A function that can be based on a reception intensity ratio between elements and an azimuth direction intensity ratio table can be further provided. In this case, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit further includes a function of making the information of the azimuth direction regarding the direction in which the rear light emitting element is installed obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit correspond to the volume of the rear left and right speakers 413BL and 413BR. Can do.

  Similar to the third embodiment, the directivity region of the top light receiving element 412TP is the directivity region of the upper light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit FR4. It is possible to partially overlap. In this case, since the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the same as that of the third embodiment, description thereof is omitted. The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit makes the reception intensity ratio between the top light receiving element 412TP and the upper light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction correspond to the volume of the left and right upper and lower speakers 213UL and the like. Then, virtual sound image localization that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers can be performed, and the auditory information can be transmitted to the guided person side from the virtual sound image localization direction.

  As described above, according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the light receiving element is basically the same as that of the third embodiment. The headband 414C is an ear up / down and occipital type speaker group format having rear left and right speakers 413BL and 413BR installed near the left and right back of the head. As a result, in addition to the effects of the first embodiment, the receivable angle can be expanded to the left and right and upward as in the third embodiment, so that the direction of the virtual sound image localization can be expanded upward. Furthermore, by providing the rear left and right speakers 413BL and 413BR, it is possible to provide a guidance system having the optical signal receiver 4 with improved rear virtual sound image localization as compared with the third embodiment. Although not shown in FIG. 13, by adding speakers near the left and right intersections of the left and right headbands 214A and the spectacles part FR4, that is, near the left and right ears of the guided person, the range of the virtual sound image localization is increased. Can be expanded left and right. This is particularly effective when a light receiving element having lateral directivity indicated by reference numerals 412SL and 412SR is provided as in the fourth embodiment.

  14A, 14B, and 14C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 5 in the fifth embodiment of the present invention. 14A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 5, FIG. 14B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 14C is a left side view thereof. 14 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. Since the relationship with the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching the symbols L, R, U, and L are the same as in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the description thereof is omitted.

  The configuration of the optical signal receiver 5 is substantially the same as the configuration of the optical signal receiver 1. The speaker installation format is the same as the face-up / down speaker group configuration of the optical signal receiver 1, but the positional relationship of the light receiving elements is different. In FIG. 14A, reference numerals 212UP, 212LW, 212L, and 212R are light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles part FR5. In this order, the upper optical axis 217UP, the lower optical axis 217LW, and the left It has a directional optical axis 217L and a right optic axis 217R. The light receiving elements 212UP, 212LW, 212L, and 212R (hereinafter referred to as “light receiving elements 212UP and the like”) are connected to the receiving circuit unit 220, respectively.

  In FIG. 14B, portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 14A indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 14B, reference numeral 216L ′ denotes the left oblique forward directionality of the light receiving element 212L, and 216R ′ denotes the right oblique forward directionality of the light receiving element 212R. As shown in FIG. 14B, between the two light receiving elements 212L and 212R, the regions of the left diagonal forward direction directivity 216L ′ and the right diagonal forward direction directivity 216R ′ partially overlap each other. The optical axes 217L and 217R have a positional relationship that forms an angle in the left-right (x-axis) direction. In FIG. 14A, the optical axis 217L and the like are projected on the xy plane, but as shown in FIG. 14B, the optical axis 217L and the like also extend in the z-axis direction.

  In FIG. 14C, portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 14A and 14B indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 14C, reference numeral 216UP 'indicates the oblique upward directivity of the light receiving element 212UP, and 216LW' indicates the oblique downward directivity of the light receiving element 212LW. As shown in FIG. 14C, between the two light receiving elements 212UP and 212LW, light is emitted so that the regions of the diagonally upward directivity 216UP ′ and the diagonally downward directivity 216LW ′ partially overlap each other. The shafts 217UP and 217LW have a positional relationship that forms an angle in the elevation direction.

  As described above, the positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the optical axis between the two light receiving elements (212L and 212R) installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit FR5 forms an angle in the left-right (azimuth) direction is shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 14B, the optical axis (217L and 217R) of each light receiving element projected onto the xz plane is 90 ° (predetermined angle) from + 45 ° to −45 ° centered on the positive z-axis direction. It has a positional relationship. Similarly, the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction described above is such that the optical axis (217UP and 217LW) of each light receiving element projected onto the yz plane is from + 45 ° centering on the z axis direction as shown in FIG. The positional relationship has 90 ° (predetermined angle) of −45 °. Returning to FIG. 14A, when the positional relationship in the azimuth angle direction and the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction are confirmed, it can be seen that it is a + character in the xy plane. As described above, the difference between the light receiving element and the optical signal receiver 1 is that the positional relationship of the light receiving elements is a + character. In this specification, the X-shaped example of the positional relationship in the azimuth direction and the elevational direction of the light receiving element in the xy plane can be appropriately changed to a + -shaped example, and the + -shaped example is It can be changed to an X shape as appropriate. Regarding the principle of detecting the direction of the light emitting element 113C and the like by the combination of the plurality of light receiving elements 212UL and the like described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 in the first embodiment, the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR is the relationship between the light receiving elements 212L and 212R. If the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL is replaced with the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UP and 212LW, the same applies. Therefore, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the same as that of the first embodiment, and other configurations and functions, for example, the function of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit are the same, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 15 shows an example of a circuit for performing virtual sound localization by detecting two-dimensional information in the left and right and up and down directions using an optical signal that has been subjected to FM modulation, PM modulation or PWM modulation, PPM modulation or digital modulation in the fifth embodiment. FIG. In FIG. 15, the case where the optical signal receiver 5 shown in FIG. 14 is used will be described as an example. In FIG. 15, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 6 and 14 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The example of the circuit shown in FIG. 15 is basically the same as the example of the circuit shown in FIG. 10, and the difference is that the positional relationship of the light receiving elements is matched with a + character. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 15, the input to the optical signal receiving circuit 224 ′ (indicated by a dotted line; substantially the same as the optical signal receiving circuit 224) is the light receiving elements 212UR, 212UL, 212LR, and the like in the optical signal receiving circuit 224. Instead of the optical signals from 212LL, the optical signals from the light receiving elements 212UP, 212L, 212R, and 212LW are obtained. The functions of the photoelectric conversion circuits 224PU, 224PL, 224PR, and 224PD are the same as those of the photoelectric conversion circuits 224PUR, 224PUL, 224PLR, and 212PLL in the optical signal reception circuit 224, and thus description thereof is omitted. The connection relationship between each photoelectric conversion circuit 224PU and the like and each demodulation circuit 224DU, 224DL, 224DR and 224DD, and the function of each demodulation circuit 224DU, etc. are the same as each photoelectric conversion circuit 224PUR and the like in each optical signal reception circuit 224 And the like, and the description thereof will be omitted because it is the same as the function of each demodulation circuit 224DUR and the like. The connection relationship between each photoelectric conversion circuit 224PU and the like and each reception intensity measurement circuit 224MU, 224ML, 224MR, and 224MRD and the function of each reception intensity measurement circuit 224MU and the like are the same as each photoelectric conversion circuit 224PUR in the optical signal reception circuit 224. Since the connection relationship between each reception strength measurement circuit 224MUR and the like and the function of each reception strength measurement circuit 224MUR and the like are the same, the description thereof is omitted. The connection relationship between each reception intensity measurement circuit 224MU and the like and the microcomputer circuit 226 is the same as the connection relationship between each reception intensity measurement circuit 224MUR and the like and the microcomputer circuit 226 in the optical signal reception circuit 224. Omitted. The connection relationship between the microcomputer circuit 226 and each AGC circuit 225AU ′, 225AL ′, 225AR ′, and 225AD ′ is that the microcomputer circuit 226 in the optical signal receiving circuit 224 is connected to each AGC circuit 225AU, 225AL, 225AR, and 225AD. Since this is the same as the connection relationship, the description is omitted.

  In the circuit example shown in FIG. 15, the connection relationship between each demodulation circuit 224DU and the like and each AGC circuit 225AU 'and the like is different from the circuit example shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 15, the guide information demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DU (type is auditory information; the same applies hereinafter) is sent to the AGC circuit 225AU 'of the upper channel. The guide information demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DL is sent to the AGC circuit 225AL 'of the left channel. The guidance information demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DR is sent to the AGC circuit 225AR 'of the right channel. The guide information demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DD is sent to the AGC circuit 225AD 'of the lower channel.

  As shown in FIG. 15, the connection relationship between each AGC circuit 225 AU ′ and the like and each sound power amplifier circuit 225 PU and the like in the sound output circuit 225 ′ (shown by a dotted line) indicates that each AGC circuit in the sound output circuit 225. 225 AU, etc., and each audio power amplifier circuit 225 PU, etc., and the functions of each AGC circuit 225 AU ′, etc. and the functions of each audio power amplifier circuit 225 PU, etc. The description is omitted because it is similar to the circuit 225PU and the like. However, unlike the case of the audio output circuit 225, the output of each audio power amplifier circuit 225PU, 225PL, 225PR, 225PD is sent to the top speaker 213UP, the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, and the lower speaker 213LW, respectively.

  The microcomputer circuit 226 calculates the relative reception intensity between the light receiving elements 212UP, 212L, 212RR, and 212LW based on the reception intensities sent from the reception intensity measurement circuits 224MU, 224ML, 224MR, and 224MRD. Subsequently, as described above, based on the relative reception intensity, the azimuth direction intensity ratio table, and the elevation angle direction intensity ratio table, the virtual sound image localization direction that is the direction in which the optical signal reaches (the direction of the light emitting element 113C, etc.) is obtained. . Next, based on the virtual sound image localization direction and the virtual sound image localization direction table, a reproduction volume from a plurality of speakers 213UP and the like is obtained. That is, the gains of the AGC circuits 225AU ′, 225AL ′, 225AR ′, and 225AD ′ are determined.

  The volume of the upper channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DU is determined by the AGC circuit 225AU ', and the top speaker 213UP is driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PU. The audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DL determines the volume of the left channel by the AGC circuit 225AL ', and the left and right speakers 213L are driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PL. The audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DR determines the volume of the right channel by the AGC circuit 225AR ', and the left and right speakers 213R are driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PR. The volume of the lower channel of the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuit 224DD is determined by the AGC circuit 225AD ', and the lower speaker 213LW is driven by the audio power amplification circuit 225PD. As described above, the audio signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DU, 224DL, 224DR and 224DD is determined by the AGC circuits 225AU ′, 225AD ′, 225AL ′ and 225AR ′, and the volume difference between the upper, lower, left and right channels is determined. The circuits 225PU, 225PD, 225PL and 225PR drive the top, bottom, left and right top speakers 213UP, the lower speaker 213LW, and the left and right speakers 213L and 213R.

  As described above, according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention, the speaker installation type is the same as the face up-and-down speaker group type as the configuration of the optical signal receiver 1, and the positional relationship in the azimuth direction and the position in the elevation direction of the light receiving element. The relationship can be a + character in the xy plane. Also in this case, regarding the principle of detecting the direction of the light emitting element 113L and the like by the combination of the plurality of light receiving elements 212UL and the like described in Embodiment 1 with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9, the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR is If the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UL and 212LL is replaced with the relationship between the light receiving elements 212UP and 212LW, the same applies. Therefore, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the same as that of the first embodiment, and another configuration and function, for example, the function of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is provided, and the guidance system having the optical signal receiver 5 is provided. Can do.

  16A, 16B, and 16C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 6 in the sixth embodiment of the present invention. 16A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 6, FIG. 16B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 16C is a left side view thereof. 16 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 14 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UP, 217LW, 217L, and 217R are the same as FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 16A, 16B, and 16C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 6 according to the sixth embodiment is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 5 according to the fifth embodiment. The left and right light receiving elements 412SL and 412SR in the receiver 3 are added. For this reason, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacle unit FR6 and the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements 212L and 212R having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit FR6. The reception intensity ratio between the received light receiving elements 412SL and 412SR corresponds to the volume of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R, and reception between the light receiving elements 212UP and 212LW having a positional relationship in the elevation direction installed near the bridge of the spectacle part FR6 is performed. The intensity ratio is made to correspond to the volume of the top speaker 213UP and the lower speaker 213LW. Thereby, virtual sound image localization which associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers can be performed, and auditory information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side. . Since other configurations and functions are the same as those of the fifth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, the left and right light receiving elements 412SL and 412SR in the optical signal receiver 3 of the third embodiment are added to the configuration of the optical signal receiver 5 of the fifth embodiment as the configuration of the optical signal receiver 6. It can be set as the structure which added. As a result, in addition to the effects of the fifth embodiment, it is possible to provide a guide system having the optical signal receiver 6 that can expand the light receiving angle to the left and right. Although not shown in FIG. 16, the range of the sound image localization is increased by adding speakers near the left and right intersections of the left and right headbands 214A and the spectacle frame FR6, that is, near the left and right ears of the guided person. Can be expanded left and right. This is particularly effective when a light receiving element having lateral directivity indicated by reference numerals 412SL and 412SR is provided as in the sixth embodiment.

  17A, 17B, and 17C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 7 in the seventh embodiment of the present invention. 17A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 7, FIG. 17B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 17C is a left side view thereof. 17 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 13 (A), (B), and (C) and FIGS. 14 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axes 217UP, 217LW, 217L, and 217R are the same as those shown in FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, and their display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 7 of the seventh embodiment is an X-shaped positional relationship in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 4 of the fourth embodiment. The light receiving elements 212UL, 212UR, 212LL, and 212LR are replaced with + -shaped light receiving elements 212UP, 212LW, 212L, and 212R in the optical signal receiver 5 of the fifth embodiment. Therefore, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the same as the function described in the fifth embodiment, and the function of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is the same as the function described in the fourth embodiment. Other configurations and functions are the same as those in the fourth embodiment, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention, the light receiving elements 212UL, 212UR, 212LL, and 212LR having the X-shaped positional relationship in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 4 according to the fourth embodiment are replaced with the optical signal reception according to the fifth embodiment. It is possible to provide a guide system having the optical signal receiver 7 having a configuration in which the + -shaped light receiving elements 212UP, 212LW, 212L and 212R in the machine 5 are replaced.

  18A, 18B, and 18C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 8 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. 18A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 8, FIG. 18B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 18C is a left side view thereof. 18 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 14 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UP and the like are the same as FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 18A, 18B, and 18C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 8 of the eighth embodiment is different from that of the optical signal receiver 5 of the fifth embodiment in that the top speaker 213UP, The speaker 213LW and the lower arm 218A (including the switch 213SW2) are removed. A speaker installation format as shown in FIG. 18 (an installation format having left and right speakers 213L and 213R installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacles part FR8) is referred to as a left and right speaker group format. In the eighth embodiment, the virtual sound localization in the vertical direction is processed by the virtual surround technique using the microcomputer circuit unit 226 and the DSP circuit 227 (shown in FIG. 6) in the receiving circuit unit 220.

  In general, in movie theaters, audio equipment, home theater systems, etc., speakers are also provided above and behind to enhance the sense of reality so that sounds can be heard from above and behind. Virtual surround technology refers to a multi-channel audio source such as a movie theater, audio equipment, home theater system, etc., for example, a multi-channel source such as 5.1Ch, 7.1Ch, 9.1Ch, etc., and a small number of speakers (stereo 2Ch). Etc.) is a technique for realizing an acoustic space that can be heard when reproduced by the plurality of speakers virtually in the viewer's hearing. In this virtual surround technology, a virtual three-dimensional sound field is formed by reproducing a change in spectrum and phase corresponding to the direction of a sound source by a complex head-related transfer function. More specifically, a crosstalk cancellation is performed by binauralizing the surround Rch signal by convolving the head position transfer function between the surround Rch speaker position and both ears with the surround Rch signal, and then canceling the crosstalk of the binaural left and right signals. I do. On the other hand, by studying an evaluation index for determining whether or not the head-related transfer function is suitable for a subject, a three-dimensional space is defined by a lateral angle corresponding to interaural difference information and an ascending angle corresponding to spectrum information. When the head-related transfer function was decomposed into multiple spectral peaks and spectral notches, it became clear that the first notch and the second notch are important clues for the perception of the rising angle (Kazuhiro Iida et al. "Physical evaluation index of HRTF based on direction perception mechanism", Proc. Of Acoustical Society of Japan, pp.505-508, September 2008). Therefore, for the virtual sound image localization in the vertical direction, a method of operating the spectrum is possible instead of using the complex head related transfer function. In the description of the present invention, such spectrum operation is also included in the virtual surround technology.

  FIG. 19 shows an example of a circuit for performing virtual sound localization using virtual surround technology by detecting two-dimensional information in the left-right and up-down directions using a digitally modulated optical signal in the eighth embodiment of the present invention. It is a block diagram. In FIG. 19, the parts denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. As shown in FIG. 19, the received intensity of the left and right light receiving elements 212L and the like is measured by the received intensity measuring circuits 224ML, 224MR, 224MU, and 224MD, and the numerical value transmitted to the digital signal processing (DSP) circuit 227 by the microcomputer circuit 226. To decide. The digital signal demodulated by the demodulation circuits 224DL, 224DR, 224DU, and 224DD is divided into audio information and other notification information by the microcomputer circuit 226, and only necessary signals are output to the audio output circuit 225 '' (dotted line). It is transmitted to the DSP circuit 227 in the figure. The DSP circuit 227 performs a virtual surround process (for example, the above-described process of difference in the spectrum of sound coming from the vertical direction) according to the relative reception intensity between the light receiving elements 212L and the like, and then converts the audio signal into an audio power amplifier circuit. 225PL and 225PR are transmitted to drive the speakers 213L and 213R.

  In the eighth embodiment, since the light receiving element 212UP or the like having a + -shaped positional relationship is used, the optical signal receiving circuit 224 ′ shown in FIG. 19 is used, but the light receiving element 212UL or the like having an X-shaped positional relationship is used. In that case, an optical signal receiving circuit 224 shown in FIG. 10 may be used. The functions and other configurations of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit are the same as the configurations and functions described in the fifth embodiment, and thus description thereof is omitted. When the modulation of the optical signal in the optical signal transmitter 100 is a digital modulation method, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit includes the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the left and right speakers 213L installed in the left and right speaker group format. By performing virtual sound image localization that associates the volume and / or phase difference of 213R with the virtual surround technology, voice guidance information can be transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction to the guided person side.

  As described above, according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, the head speaker 213UP, the lower speaker 213LW, and the lower arm 218A (including the switch 213SW2) are removed from the configuration of the optical signal receiver 5 of the fifth embodiment. Can do. The virtual sound image localization in the vertical direction is performed using a virtual surround technology. That is, in the eighth embodiment, since the virtual surround processing is performed in the microcomputer circuit 226 and the DSP circuit 227, it is possible to perform the virtual sound image localization in the left and right and up and down two-dimensional directions using the two speakers 213L and 213R. As a result, the light signal receiver 8 having a light and compact configuration can be provided. In addition, it is possible to localize a virtual sound image ahead of the speaker 213L or the like by a virtual surround technology, and to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 8 that allows a guided person to obtain a more natural feeling. Can do. In the eighth embodiment, an example using a digital modulation scheme has been shown. However, the application of the virtual surround technology is not limited to the digital scheme, and various analog modulation schemes can be used as in the first to seventh embodiments. It is.

  FIG. 20 shows a circuit configuration of the optical signal transmitter 101 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 20, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 3 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The optical axis 117C and the like are the same as those in FIG. The optical signal transmitter 101 is different from the optical signal transmitter 100 in that an external light emitting element 113C2 different from the plurality of light emitting elements 113C and the like is connected to the optical signal transmitting circuit 112 via the cable 120. As shown in FIG. 20, the external light emitting element 113 </ b> C <b> 2 can be moved by the cable 120. The wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the light emitting element 113C or the like is infrared, and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 is visible, or conversely, the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the light emitting element 113C or the like is visible light. It is also possible to make both wavelengths different, for example, the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the light emitting element 113C2 is infrared. Instead of the light emitting element 113C or the like, a fluorescent lamp or an LED lighting device or the like can be used as a light source for transmitting an optical signal, and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 can be red light or infrared light. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those of the optical signal transmitter 100, description thereof will be omitted. Alternatively, in the above description and each of the following embodiments, the optical signal modulation method is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation (PPM). ) Method or digital modulation method, the interference of each optical signal can be prevented by changing the frequency of the multi-carrier used for modulating the optical signal.

  FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-1 in the ninth embodiment of the present invention. 21A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 9-1, FIG. 21B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 21C is a left side view thereof. 21 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 16 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof will be omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UP and the like are the same as FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 6 of the sixth embodiment. The speaker 213C is newly provided. As shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B, the light receiving element 212C is installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle part FR9-1, and its optical axis 217C is shown in FIGS. Is directed in the z-axis direction, and its directivity 216C is narrower than the directivity 216R ′ of other light receiving elements 212R and the like. As shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B, the speaker 213C is installed below the light receiving element 212C in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle part FR9-1. Only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C, the voice guidance or notification sound is output from the speaker 213C, so that the position information can be transmitted to the guided person more pinpointed. For this reason, if the directivity angle (full width at half maximum, 2θ) of the light receiving element 212C is 20 ° or less, for example, a value such as 2 °, 5 °, 10 °, 20 °, or the like is selected, position resolution corresponding to the purpose can be obtained. . FIG. 21D is an enlarged view of the light receiving element 212C. Reference numeral 212CA is a light receiving element body, 212CB is a convex lens, and 212CC is a light shielding cylinder. When the convex lens 212CB and the light shielding cylinder 212CC are made movable, it is possible to adjust the directivity angle indicated by the directivity 216C or to remove the 212CB and 212CC to widen the directivity angle. The speaker 213C may be omitted, and the voice guidance or notification sound may be localized in the front direction from other speaker groups. Alternatively, the speaker 213C can be used as a virtual surround auxiliary speaker by the speakers 213L and 213R.

  The wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212UP or the like having a + -shaped positional relationship is infrared, and the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C is visible light, or conversely, the light received by the light receiving element 212UP or the like It is also possible to make the wavelengths of the two different, for example, the wavelength of the signal is visible light and the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C is infrared. As described above, when a fluorescent lamp or an LED lighting fixture is used as a light source for transmitting an optical signal on the optical signal transmitter 101 side, the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212UP or the like is a wavelength centered on green light. Combinations such as a band, and the wavelength of an optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C may be a wavelength band centered on red light or infrared light. Other configurations and functions are the same as those of the optical signal receiver 6 according to the sixth embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  22A, 22B, and 22C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-2 in the ninth embodiment of the present invention. 22A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 9-2, FIG. 22B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 22C is a left side view thereof. 22 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 18 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 22A, 22B, and 22C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-2 of the ninth embodiment is a + -shaped positional relationship in the optical signal receiver 8 of the eighth embodiment. The light receiving element 212UP and the like in FIG. 4 are replaced with the light receiving element 212UL and the like in the X-shaped positional relationship shown in FIG. It is in the point prepared for. Therefore, the description regarding the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 9-1 described above, and will be omitted. FIG. 22D is an enlarged view of the same light receiving element 212C as FIG. 21D, and description thereof is omitted. Similar to the optical signal receiver 9-1 described above, the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212UL or the like having an X-shaped positional relationship is different from the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C. Therefore, the description is omitted. Other configurations and functions are the same as those of the optical signal receiver 8 according to the eighth embodiment, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter 101 is different from the optical signal transmitter 100 in that the external light emitting element 113C2 different from the plurality of light emitting elements 113C and the like is connected to the optical signal via the cable 120. It is connected to the transmission circuit 112. The external light emitting element 113C2 can be moved by the cable 120. The wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the light emitting element 113C and the like and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 can be made different. Instead of the light emitting element 113C or the like, a fluorescent lamp or an LED lighting device or the like can be used as a light source for transmitting an optical signal, and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 can be red light or infrared light. As a configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-1, a light receiving element 212 </ b> C and a speaker 213 </ b> C can be newly provided in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 6 of the sixth embodiment. As a result, the voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C, so that the position information can be transmitted to the guided person more pinpointed. A guidance system having a signal receiver 9-1 can be provided. As a configuration of the optical signal receiver 9-2, the light receiving element 212UP or the like having a + -shaped positional relationship in the optical signal receiver 8 of Embodiment 8 is replaced with a light receiving element 212UL or the like having an X-shaped positional relationship. Thus, similarly to the optical signal receiver 9-1, a light receiving element 212C and a speaker 213C can be newly provided. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system having the optical signal receiver 9-2 having the same function as the optical signal receiver 9-1.

1-xy-B group:
FIG. 23 shows the configuration of an embodiment of the 1-xy-B group in the guidance system of the present invention. As in FIG. 1, the left side (indicated by the dotted line) in FIG. 23 shows the configuration / function of the optical signal transmitter, and the right side shows the configuration / function of the optical signal receiver. As shown in the configuration / function on the optical signal transmitter side in FIG. 23, predetermined guide information output from a character / image information generation board or the like is modulated by visible light or near infrared light (steps S200 to S204). ). When the modulation method is analog modulation (analog amplitude modulation: AM modulation, analog frequency modulation: FM modulation, analog phase modulation: PM modulation), pulse modulation (pulse width modulation: PWM modulation, pulse position modulation: PPM modulation) and digital modulation The optical signal modulated by each modulation method is emitted from the light emitting element (steps S206 to S208).

  The transmitted optical signal is received by the light receiving element installed in the eyeglass unit on the optical signal receiver side (step S210). Here, when the positional relationship in the azimuth direction of the spectacles portion is X-shaped or + -shaped as viewed from the front side (step S212), the case of using a wristband type display is Example 10 (step S214), A case where a wearable display is used is Example 11 (step S216). The positional relationship in the azimuth direction of the spectacles portion is a + -shaped and other type of light receiving element when viewed from the front side (step S220), and the case of using a wristband type display is Example 12 (step S222). The case where a wearable display is used is Example 13 (step S224).

  FIG. 24 shows an optical signal transmitter 600 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 24, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 3 indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. The optical signal transmitter 600 shown in FIG. 24 differs from the optical signal transmitter 100 shown in FIG. 3 in that a character / image generation information generation board 611 is provided instead of the voice recorder circuit 111. As shown in FIG. 24, the optical signal transmission circuit 112 is inserted into the microcomputer circuit 115 by image guidance information (a type of predetermined guidance information is visual information) based on characters or images recorded on the character / image generation information generation board 611. The image guide information recorded in the memory card is input and converted from the light emitting elements 113L, 113C and 113R into an electric signal for transmitting an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light or near infrared light, and the light emitting element 113L 113C and 113R are transmitted as optical signals. At this time, similarly to the optical signal transmitter 100, the optical signal is analog intensity (amplitude) modulation (AM), analog frequency modulation (FM), analog phase modulation (PM), pulse width modulation (PWM), pulse position modulation ( PPM), digital modulation, etc. can be used. Other functions and the like are the same as those of the optical signal transmitter 100, and thus description thereof is omitted. In the tenth embodiment and each embodiment of the 1-xy-B group described below, the same optical signal transmitter 600 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitter 600 is omitted.

  FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 10 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 25A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 10, FIG. 25B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 25C is a left side view thereof. In FIGS. 25 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 4 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 10 of the tenth embodiment is changed from the optical signal receiver 1 of the first embodiment to the face up-and-down type speaker group 213UP and the like. After removing the left and right headbands 214A, the lower arm 218A and the switch 213SW1 for installing the speaker group, a new receiving circuit unit 720 and a receiving circuit unit connected to the light receiving element 212UL or the like via the cable 218C And a wristband 730 for holding 720. That is, in the 1-xy-B group, image guidance information (a type of predetermined guidance information is visual information) is used instead of auditory information. Therefore, after removing components related to auditory information, the visual information display is performed. A receiving circuit unit 720 is provided. Therefore, since the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the same as that of the 1-xy-A group, the description thereof is omitted.

  FIG. 26 shows a circuit configuration of the receiving circuit unit 720 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 26, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 6 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 26, reference numeral 725 denotes a character / image information output circuit, and reference numeral 722 denotes a power switch. The optical signals received by the four light receiving elements 212UL and the like of the optical signal receiver 10 are guided to the receiving circuit unit 720 via the cable 218C. The guided optical signal is demodulated into an electrical signal by the optical signal receiving circuit 224 shown in FIG. 26, and further, the character / image information output circuit 725 and the microcomputer circuit 226 generate character / image information to be displayed. FIG. 27 shows the image display unit 721 side of the reception circuit unit 720. In FIG. 27, the parts denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. In FIG. 27, reference numeral 721 denotes an image display unit such as a small display, and 723 denotes a connector for connecting the cable 218C. Note that signals can be transmitted and received by wireless communication or human body communication instead of the connection cable 218C. In this case, the cable unit 218C is not necessary, and a radio communication circuit or a human body communication circuit is added to the glasses unit FR10 and the reception circuit unit instead. This connection mode is common to the following embodiments. The generated character / image information is transmitted to the guided person by being displayed on the small display 721 as shown in FIG. At this time, it is possible to notify the guided person of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is present by the display position of characters or images on the small display 721, arrows, or the like. In the display example of FIG. 27, the arrows indicate that the light emitting element 113C and the like are present in the right 30 ° direction and the lower 15 ° direction. As shown in FIG. 27, it is also possible to notify the approximate distance of the light emitting element 113C and the like by displaying the reception intensity of the optical signal on the small display 721 with characters or a graph. The wristband 730 is attached to the back side of the receiving circuit unit 720 shown in FIG. 27, and the guided person can wrap the wristband 730 around his / her arm and see the small display 721 as appropriate. An image display device configured with a wristband 730 in which a spectacle part FR10 and a small display 721 as shown in FIG. 25A and the like are installed is referred to as a wristband type image display device.

  As described above, in the tenth embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined guide information is visual information, and the guide unit is configured by the small display 721 (image display device) installed on the guided person side and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit. Based on the obtained two-dimensional information and the visual information, an image display unit that displays information on the two-dimensional direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed on the small display 721 can be further provided.

  As described above, according to the tenth embodiment (1-xy-B group) of the present invention, the image guidance information (the type of the predetermined guidance information is visual information) is used instead of the auditory information. After removing the elements, a receiving circuit unit 720, a small display 721, and a guide unit can be provided for visual information display. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system for a hearing impaired person using spatial light communication, and to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 10 capable of displaying two-dimensional information on the top, bottom, left, and right on a small display 721. Can be provided.

  28A, 28B, and 28C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 11 in the eleventh embodiment of the present invention. 28A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 11, FIG. 28B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 28C is a left side view thereof. 28 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 25 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 28C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 11 of the eleventh embodiment is connected to the cable 218C and the cable 218C from the optical signal receiver 10 of the tenth embodiment. In addition, the see-through type wearable display devices 730L and 730R are respectively installed on the left and right rims and the lens portion of the spectacle unit FR11 after the receiving circuit unit 720 is removed. The receiving circuit unit 720 is appropriately reduced in size and connected to the wearable display devices 730L and 730R (not shown). Instead of the wearable display devices 730L and 730R, a holographic that projects an image on the left and right lens units may be used as a see-through wearable display. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those in the tenth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted. An image display device in which the left and right lens portions of the spectacle portion FR11 as shown in FIG. 28A are see-through wearable displays is referred to as a wearable image display device. The image display device in which the devices 730L and 730R are installed is referred to as a projection-type wearable image display device.

  As described above, according to the eleventh embodiment of the present invention, the wearable display devices 730L and 730R or the projection-type wearable display can be used instead of the small display 721 of the tenth embodiment. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system having the optical signal receiver 11 in which the orientation of the head of the guided person and the orientation of the screen of the wearable display device 730L and the like always coincide.

  FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 12 in the twelfth embodiment of the present invention. 29A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 12, FIG. 29B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 29C is a left side view thereof. 29 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 12 (A), (B), and (C) and FIGS. 25 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217UL and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

  As shown in FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 12 according to the twelfth embodiment is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 11 according to the eleventh embodiment. 412SL and 412SR are added. In other words, the spectacles part FR12 of the optical signal receiver 12 extends from the spectacles part FR11 of the optical signal receiver 11 to the light receiving elements 412L and R installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides and the right and left sides of the head of the guided person. Directivity regions are partly located near the back of the back of the light receiving element 412TP installed near the top of the left and right headband 214 to be attached and the front and back headband 414A attached over the front and back of the guided person's head. It further includes at least two light receiving elements 412BL and 412BR that are installed in a positional relationship in the azimuth angle direction in which the optical axes form an angle in the left-right (azimuth angle) direction so as to overlap. However, the installation position of the light receiving element 412TP is in the vicinity of the top of the left and right headbands 214A because the top speaker 213UP is not necessary. Therefore, the configuration and function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit are the same as the configuration and function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit according to the third embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted. Since the structure and function of the guide part are the same as those of the guide part and other structures and functions in the tenth embodiment, description thereof will be omitted. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those in the tenth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 12 is configured such that the light receiving elements 412TP, 412SL and 412SR in the third embodiment are added to the optical signal receiver 11 of the eleventh embodiment. Can do. As a result, the light receiving angle range is expanded, and further, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 12 that can detect a position notification signal from above, which is used for notification of a fixed position in a building, a place such as a museum, or an exhibit. Can be provided.

  30A, 30B, and 30C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 13 according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention. 30A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 13, FIG. 30B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 30C is a left side view thereof. 30 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 28 (A), (B), and (C) and FIGS. 29 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217UL and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

  As shown in FIGS. 30A, 30B, and 30C, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 13 of the thirteenth embodiment is connected to the cable 218C and the cable 218C from the optical signal receiver 12 of the twelfth embodiment. In the same manner as in the eleventh embodiment, the wearable display devices 730L and 730R are respectively installed on the left and right rims of the spectacle unit FR13. The receiving circuit unit 720 is appropriately reduced in size and connected to the wearable display devices 730L and 730R (not shown). Similarly to the eleventh embodiment, a projection-type wearable display may be used instead of the wearable display devices 730L and 730R. Since the configuration and function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the configuration and function of the guide unit, and other configurations and functions are the same as those in Examples 11 and 12, description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 13 removes the cable 218C and the receiving circuit unit 720 connected to the cable 218C from the optical signal receiver 11 according to the twelfth embodiment, and then implements it. Similarly to Example 11, the wearable display devices 730L and 730R can be installed in the spectacle part FR13. As a result, it is possible to provide the optical signal receiver 13 in which the orientation of the head of the guided person and the orientation of the screen of the wearable display device 730L and the like always coincide.

  Here, the common configuration of the 1-xy-A group and the 1-xy-B group will be summarized. That is, the other one-dimensional direction in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is a direction along the top and bottom of the front of the spectacle unit FRi (elevation direction), and the predetermined positional relationship is two light receiving units installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit Fri. This is a positional relationship in the elevation angle direction in which the optical axes make an angle in the elevation angle direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other between the elements. The two-dimensional information acquisition unit, for information on the elevation direction regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed, receives the light receiving element 212UL and the like of the optical signal received by the two light receiving elements 212UL and the like arranged in the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction. And an elevation angle direction intensity ratio table showing a relationship between a reception intensity ratio between a plurality of light receiving elements measured in advance and another one-dimensional direction (elevation angle direction) on which an optical signal is incident. Thus, a virtual sound image localization direction that is a direction in a two-dimensional space in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed can be obtained. The positional relationship between the X-shaped and + -shaped azimuth directions is such that the optical axis 217UL of each light receiving element 212UL projected onto the xz plane has a predetermined angle (azimuth angle) centered on the z-axis positive direction. The positional relationship between the X-shaped and + -shaped elevation angle directions is such that the optical axis 217UL of each light receiving element 212UL projected onto the yz plane is a predetermined angle (elevation angle) centered on the z-axis positive direction. ).

1-xz-A, B group:

  FIG. 31 shows a configuration of an example of the 1-xz-A, B group in the guidance system of the present invention. As in FIG. 1, the left side (dotted line) in FIG. 31 shows the configuration / function of the optical signal transmitter, and the right side shows the configuration / function of the optical signal receiver. As shown in the configuration / function on the optical signal transmitter side in FIG. 31, predetermined guide information is modulated by visible light or near-infrared light (steps S300 to S302). When the modulation method is analog modulation (analog amplitude modulation: AM modulation, analog frequency modulation: FM modulation, analog phase modulation: PM modulation), pulse modulation (pulse width modulation: PWM modulation, pulse position modulation (PPM)) and digital modulation The optical signal modulated by each modulation method is transmitted from the light emitting element (steps S304 to S306).

  The transmitted optical signal is received by the light receiving element installed in the eyeglass unit on the optical signal receiver side (step S310). Here, the first group of light receiving elements of the spectacles part is used for determining the azimuth angle φ direction and demodulating the guide information, and the second group of light receiving elements is a distance d (three-dimensional space) in the xz plane (horizontal plane) direction. In order to distinguish it from the distance r in FIG. 5) (when measuring the distance) (step S312), when the second group of light receiving elements forms an array (step S314), and The case where the guidance information is auditory information is Example 14 (step S316), the case where the second group of light receiving elements is formed to have a variable angle (step S320), and the case where the guidance information is auditory information is Example 15. (Step S322). In step S310, when the distance d is measured only by the second group of light receiving elements and the demodulation of the guide information and the determination by the intensity difference in the azimuth direction are performed (step S330), the second group of light receiving elements is arrayed. Is formed (step S332), and the guidance information is auditory information, which is in Example 16 (step S334), and the second group of light receiving elements is formed to have a variable angle (step S340). The case where the information is auditory information is Example 17 (step S342). The case of using an external light emitting element on the optical signal transmitter side and a light receiving element with narrow directivity on the optical signal receiver side is Example 18 (step S350). The case where the guide information is visual information in Step S314 is Example 19 (Step S318), the case where the guide information is visual information in Step S320 is Example 20 (Step S324), and the guide information is visual information in Step S332. The case is Example 21 (Step S336), and the case where the guidance information is visual information in Step S340 is Example 22 (Step S344). In each example of the 1-xz-A and B groups described below, when the guidance information is auditory information, the same optical signal transmitter 100 or 101 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system, and the guidance information is visually displayed. In the case of information, the same optical signal transmitter 600 is used. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitters 100, 101, 600 is omitted.

1-xz-A group:

  32A, 32B, and 32C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 14 according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention. 32A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 14, FIG. 32B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 32C is a left side view thereof. 32 (A), (B), and (C), portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 14 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217L and the like are similar to FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, their display is omitted.

  32A, 32B, and 32C, reference numerals 917L and 917R denote light receiving element arrays, and 918LL1 to 918LL4, 918LLC, and 918LR1 to 918LR4 denote light receiving elements (not shown) constituting the light receiving element array 917L. Directivity, 918RL1 to 918RL4, 918RRC, and 918RR1 to 918RR4 are directivity of each light receiving element (not shown) constituting the light receiving element array 917R. As shown in FIG. 32C, reference numeral 216F is the vertical direction (elevation direction) directivity of the light receiving elements 212L and 212R, and 918F is the forward direction (distance direction) directivity of the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R. The light receiving elements 212L and 212R are light receiving elements belonging to the first light receiving element group, and the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R are light receiving elements belonging to the second light receiving element group. Although FIG. 32B illustrates nine light receiving elements for each of the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R, this number is an example, and the number of light receiving elements is not limited to nine.

  The optical signal receiver 14 according to the fourteenth embodiment includes a mechanism for determining the distance d to the optical signal transmitter 100 that transmits an optical signal. The light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R belonging to the second light receiving element group are light receiving element arrays used for distance determination. As shown in FIG. 32B, the light receiving element array 917L has a horizontal direction such as directivity 918LR4. While changing the angle of the optical axis (not shown) of the light receiving element having a narrow directivity in the (x-axis direction), radial directivity rows as shown in the directivities 918LL1 to 918LL4, 918LLC, and 918LR1 to 918LR4 are formed. Similarly, in the light receiving element array 917R, radial directivity rows as shown by directivities 918RL1 to 918RL4, 918RRC, and 918RR1 to 918RR4 are formed. In the second light receiving element group, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity in the left light receiving element array 917L, the angle formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. For example, when the directivity of the light receiving element is 918LR4, the angle Lθ with respect to the x axis in the xz plane can be specified. Similarly, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity in the right light receiving element array 917R, the angle formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. For example, when the directivity of the light receiving element is 918RL4, the angle Rθ with respect to the x axis in the xz plane can be specified. By using this set of angles (Lθ and Rθ) and the distance xFR14 between the left and right ends of the spectacle part FR14, the distance d between the spectacle part FR14 and the optical signal transmitter 100 is calculated from the principle of triangulation. be able to. The calculation of the distance is performed by the receiving circuit unit 220 in the memory (not shown) in the microcomputer circuit 226 with each light receiving element in each light receiving element array 917L and 917R and the angle with respect to the x axis in the xz plane of each light receiving element. A correspondence table is recorded, and the relationship between the set of angles (Lθ and Rθ) and the distance d is recorded as a numerical table in the memory. Next, the microcomputer circuit 226 determines the left and right light receiving elements having the highest optical signal reception intensity from the reception intensity measured by the reception intensity measuring circuit 224ML and the like, and sets the angle from the determined left and right light receiving elements and the correspondence table. (Lθ and Rθ) is obtained, and the distance d can be obtained from the set of angles (Lθ and Rθ) and the above numerical table.

In order to convey the information of the measured distance d to the guided person, by using at least one of volume operation, spectrum operation, reverberation characteristics, phase fluctuation, or virtual surround technology for the audio signal used for guidance It is possible to perform voice information processing. For example, when the volume operation is used, the volume is decreased as the distance d is longer. When the spectrum operation is used, the higher range of the spectrum is attenuated as the distance d is longer, and reverberation or phase fluctuation is reduced. In the case of using it, the reverberation or phase fluctuation is reduced as the distance d becomes longer. When the virtual surround technology is used, the contents described in the eighth embodiment are slightly modified, and a reception intensity measurement circuit such as a light receiving element array 917L for the second light receiving element group is added to FIG. Further, the microcomputer circuit 226 calculates the relative reception intensity between the second light receiving element groups, measures the distance d to the transmitter, and determines the numerical value to be transmitted to the DSP circuit 227. The digital signal demodulated by the demodulating circuits 224DL, 224DR, 224DR and 224DD is processed by the microcomputer circuit 226 into voice information and other notification information, and only the necessary signal is sent to the voice output circuit 225 '' (dotted line). It is transmitted to the DSP circuit 227 in the figure. The DSP circuit 227 performs a virtual surround process according to the relative reception intensity between the first and second light receiving element groups, and then transmits an audio signal to the audio power amplifier circuits 213L and 213R to drive the speakers 213L and 213R. do it. As described above, the perspective of the pseudo distance d can be transmitted to the guided person.

  Information on the perspective of the pseudo distance d described above and the left and right (azimuth angle direction) of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C obtained using the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group is installed By combining with the dimensional information, it is possible to convey to the guided person two-dimensional spatial information obtained by adding the distance information of the distance d to the virtual sound image localization on the one-dimensional spatial coordinates.

  In summary, the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the distance d, and the predetermined positional relationship is the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R having the light receiving elements (two light receiving element units; second light receiving element unit). Element group) is installed in the vicinity of the left and right ends of the spectacle part FR14, and the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R are light receiving element groups each having a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in the xz plane. The two-dimensional information acquisition unit determines that the light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each of the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R with respect to the x axis in the xz plane with respect to the information about the distance d in the direction in which the light emitting elements 113C and the like are installed. By obtaining from the triangulation using each angle formed (the set of angles Lθ and Rθ), two-dimensional information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed can be obtained.

  In the fourteenth embodiment, the type of the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, and the guidance unit includes a plurality of speakers 213L and 213R arranged at positions including at least the left and right sides of the spectacles unit FR14, and a two-dimensional information acquisition unit. Based on the one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information obtained by the above, the virtual sound image localization direction in the one-dimensional space is made to coincide with the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed, and the other one-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit A two-dimensional (distance) virtual sound image localization unit that transmits the auditory information from the virtual sound localization direction to the guided person side using the speaker by performing predetermined perspective operation processing on the auditory information based on (distance) information; Can further be provided. The predetermined perspective operation processing applied to the auditory information includes a volume operation for decreasing or increasing the volume according to the distance distance based on one-dimensional (distance) information, a spectrum operation for attenuating or increasing the high frequency range of the spectrum, It is a combination of any one or more of reverberation operations that reduce or increase reverberation or phase fluctuations, or a pseudo perspective generation process using virtual surround technology.

  As described above, according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 14 includes the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group and the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R belonging to the second light receiving element group. ing. The light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R belonging to the second light receiving element group are light receiving element arrays used for distance determination, and change the angle of the optical axis little by little for light receiving elements having a narrow directivity 918LR4 in the horizontal direction (x-axis direction). In the light receiving element array 917L, radial directivity rows as shown in the directivities 918LL1 to 918LL4, 918LLC, and 918LR1 to 918LR4 are formed. Similarly, in the light receiving element array 918R, the directivities 918RL1 to 918RL4 and 918RRC are Radial directional rows as shown by 918RR1-918RR4 are formed. In the second light receiving element group, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity in the left light receiving element array 917L, the angle Lθ formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. Similarly, by determining the light receiving element having the highest optical signal reception intensity in the right light receiving element array 917R, the angle Rθ formed by the optical axis of the light receiving element can be specified. By using this set of angles (Lθ and Rθ) and the distance xFR14 between the left and right ends of the spectacle part FR14, the distance d between the spectacle part FR14 and the optical signal transmitter 100 is calculated from the principle of triangulation. be able to. In order to convey the information of the measured distance d to the guided person, by using at least one of volume operation, spectrum operation, reverberation characteristics, phase fluctuation, or virtual surround technology for the audio signal used for guidance It is possible to perform voice information processing. As described above, the perspective of the pseudo distance d can be transmitted to the guided person. As a result, the position of the optical signal transmission source is not limited to a high place as in the prior art, and the optical signal reception capable of notifying the distance to the optical signal transmission source without adjusting the light receiving sensitivity level. A guidance system having a machine 14 can be provided.

  33A, 33B, and 33C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 15 in the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. 33A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 15, FIG. 33B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 33C is a left side view thereof. In FIGS. 33 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 32 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217L and the like are similar to FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, their display is omitted.

  33 (A), (B), and (C), reference numerals 1117L and 1117R are variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays, and 1118LVL, 1118LVC, and 1118LVR are three light receiving elements constituting the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L. Directivity of elements (not shown) 1118RVL, 1118RVC, and 1118RVR are directivities of light receiving elements constituting the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117R. As shown in FIG. 33C, reference numeral 1118F indicates the directivity of the light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R in the front direction (distance d direction). The light receiving elements 212L and 212R are light receiving elements belonging to the first light receiving element group, and the variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R are light receiving elements belonging to the second light receiving element group. Although FIG. 33B illustrates three light receiving elements for each of the variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R, this number is an example, and the number of light receiving elements is not limited to three.

  The optical signal receiver 15 according to the fifteenth embodiment includes a mechanism for determining a distance d to the optical signal transmitter 100 that transmits an optical signal. The variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R belonging to the second light receiving element group are light receiving element arrays used for distance determination, and include a mechanism capable of electrically controlling the optical axis angle. For example, the optical axis angle can be controlled electrically by installing a light receiving element on a movable pedestal or using an element that incorporates a light receiving element in a micro-electro-mechanical system (MEMS). can do. Here, the optical axis angle is controlled so that the reception intensity of the optical signal received by the light receiving element (directivity is 1118 LVC, etc.) positioned at the center of the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L or the like is maximized. As shown in FIG. 33B, assuming that the left and right optical axis angles are Lθ on the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L side and Rθ on the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117R side as shown in FIG. The distance d to the light emitting element 113C and the like of the optical signal transmitter 100 can be calculated using the principle of triangulation. Since the details of the calculation method are the same as those in the fourteenth embodiment, description thereof is omitted. Other light receiving elements (directivity is 1118 LVL, 1118 LVR, etc.) such as the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L are used to detect the direction in which the optical axis angle should be adjusted. For this reason, the control speed of the optical axis angle can be improved. Accordingly, it is sufficient that the light receiving element such as the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L has at least one light receiving element whose directivity corresponds to 1118LVC or the like.

  A method for transmitting information on the measured distance d to the guided person is the same as in Example 14, and for the audio signal used for guidance, by using at least one of volume operation, spectrum operation, reverberation characteristics, and phase fluctuation, Alternatively, voice information processing can be performed by using virtual surround technology. Details of each of the above methods are the same as those in Example 14, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  In summary, the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the distance d, and the predetermined positional relationship is variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R having two light receiving elements (two light receiving element units. A second light receiving element group) is installed in the vicinity of the left and right ends of the spectacle part FR15, and the variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R each have at least one light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable in the xz plane. Is a light receiving element group. The two-dimensional information acquisition unit uses the light receiving elements of the variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R (in the case of having a plurality of light receiving elements, directivity is 1118LVC) for information on the distance d regarding the direction in which the light emitting elements 113C are installed. The light receiving element at the center of the light receiving element, etc. Each angle (set of angles) formed by the light receiving element with respect to the x axis in the xz plane when the reception intensity is highest in the case of one light receiving element. By obtaining from triangulation using Lθ and Rθ), two-dimensional information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed can be obtained.

  Also in the fifteenth embodiment, the type of the predetermined guide information is auditory information, the configuration and function of the guide section are the same as in the fourteenth embodiment, and the function of the two-dimensional (distance) virtual sound image localization section is the same as in the fourteenth embodiment. Therefore, the description is omitted.

  As described above, according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 1 includes the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group and the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L belonging to the second light receiving element group. 1117R. The variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R belonging to the second light receiving element group are light receiving element arrays used for distance determination, and have a mechanism capable of electrically controlling the optical axis angle. The optical axis angle is controlled so that the reception intensity of the optical signal received by the light receiving element (directivity is 1118LVC, etc.) positioned at the center of the angle light receiving element array 1117L or the like is maximized. Assuming that the left and right optical axis angles are Lθ on the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117L side and Rθ on the variable optical axis angle light receiving element array 1117R side, an optical signal transmitter using the principle of triangulation as in the fourteenth embodiment. The distance d to 100 light emitting elements 113C and the like can be calculated. The method for transmitting the information of the measured distance d to the guided person is the same as that in the fourteenth embodiment. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 15 that can calculate the distance d to the light emitting element 113C and the like if there is at least one light receiving element in the variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R. Can do.

  In the fourteenth embodiment described above, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R) is used as an optical signal for demodulating an audio signal. It can also be used for reception. In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R). The configuration and function for demodulating the audio signal are the same as those in each of the embodiments described above, and for obtaining one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the difference in left and right reception intensity. Since the configuration and function are the same as those of the above-described embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R) is demodulated as an audio signal. It can also be used for receiving optical signals for In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R). As a result, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver with a reduced number of light receiving elements can be provided.

  In the fifteenth embodiment described above, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R) is used for demodulating an audio signal. It can also be used for receiving optical signals. In addition, one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right in the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed is obtained from the difference between the left and right received intensity of the second light receiving element group (variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R). You can also. The configuration and function for demodulating the audio signal are the same as those in each of the embodiments described above, and for obtaining one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the difference in left and right reception intensity. Since the configuration and function are the same as those of the above-described embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R) is removed. It can also be used for receiving optical signals for demodulating audio signals. In addition, one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right in the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed is obtained from the difference between the left and right received intensity of the second light receiving element group (variable optical axis angle light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R). You can also. As a result, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver with a reduced number of light receiving elements can be provided.

  The optical signal transmitter in Examples 14 to 17 described above is assumed to be the optical signal transmitter 100. However, the optical signal transmitter 101 with the external light emitting element 113C2 described in Embodiment 9 can be used as the optical signal transmitter. As in the ninth embodiment, the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the light emitting element 113C and the like and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 can be different. It is also possible to use a fluorescent lamp or LED lighting fixture instead of the light emitting element 113C as a light source for transmitting an optical signal, and the wavelength of the optical signal emitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 can be red light or infrared light. Similar to Example 9. Since the configuration and function of the optical signal transmitter 101 are the same as those described in the ninth embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

  In the above case, the optical signal receiver 14 and the like may be newly provided with the narrow directivity light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C described in the ninth embodiment. Only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C, voice guidance or notification sound is output from the speaker 213C. As in the ninth embodiment, the wavelength of an optical signal received by another light receiving element 212UP or the like of the light receiving element 212C is infrared, and the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C is visible light, or conversely, the light receiving element 212UP. For example, the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212 may be visible light, and the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C may be infrared. As described above, when a fluorescent lamp or an LED lighting fixture is used as a light source for transmitting an optical signal on the optical signal transmitter 101 side, the wavelength of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212UP or the like is a wavelength centered on green light. Combinations such as a band, and the wavelength of an optical signal received by the light receiving element 212C may be a wavelength band centered on red light or infrared light. Also for the optical signal receiver, the configurations and functions of the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C are the same as those described in the ninth embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter 101 with the external light emitting element 113C2 described in the ninth embodiment can be used as the optical signal transmitter. The optical signal receiver 14 and the like may be newly provided with the light receiving element 212C having a narrow directivity and the speaker 213C described in the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the optical signal receivers 14 and the like in Examples 14 to 17, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver that can transmit position information to the guided person more pinpointly.

1-xz-B group:

  34A, 34B, and 34C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 19 in the nineteenth embodiment of the present invention. 34A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 19, FIG. 34B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 34C is a left side view thereof. 34 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 32 (A), (B), (C), and FIGS. 24 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217L and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

  The configuration of the optical signal receiver 19 in the nineteenth embodiment is similar to that of the tenth embodiment except that the left and right speakers 213L and 213R and the switch 213SW1 are removed from the configuration of the optical signal receiver 14 in the fourteenth embodiment. A new receiving circuit unit 720 connected to the elements 212L and 212R via the cable 218C and a wristband 730 for holding the receiving circuit unit 720 are provided. That is, in the 1-xz-B group, image guidance information (a type of predetermined guidance information is visual information) is used instead of auditory information. Therefore, after removing components related to auditory information, the visual information display is performed. A receiving circuit unit 720 is provided. Accordingly, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit that measures the distance d is the same as that of the 1-xz-A group and is the same as the function described in the fourteenth embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  The circuit configuration and function of the receiving circuit unit 720 are the same as those described in the tenth embodiment. The receiving circuit unit 720 includes an image display unit 721 such as a small display, and demodulates the received optical signal into an electrical signal. After that, the character / image information output circuit 724 and the microcomputer circuit 226 generate the character / image information to be displayed from the electric signal, and the character / image information is displayed on the small display 721 and is transmitted to the guided person. The same applies to the point. At this time, since the same is true in that the direction of the light emitting element 113C and the like is indicated to the guided person by the display position of characters or images on the small display 721, arrows, and the like, detailed description is omitted.

  As described above, according to the nineteenth embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined guide information is visual information, and the guide unit includes the small display 721 (image display device) installed on the guided person side, and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit. An image display unit that displays information on the two-dimensional space (left and right and up and down) direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed on the small display 721 based on the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) information obtained by the above and the visual information The guidance system which has the optical signal receiver 19 further equipped with these can be provided.

  FIGS. 35A, 35B, and 35C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 20 according to the twentieth embodiment of the present invention. 35A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 20, FIG. 35B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 35C is a left side view thereof. 35 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 33 (A), (B), (C), and FIGS. 25 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217L and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS. 14A, 14B, and 14C, and their display is omitted.

  The configuration of the optical signal receiver 20 in the 20th embodiment is similar to that of the 10th embodiment except that the left and right speakers 213L and 213R and the switch 213SW1 are removed from the configuration of the optical signal receiver 15 in the 15th embodiment. A new receiving circuit unit 720 connected to the elements 212L and 212R via the cable 218C and a wristband 730 for holding the receiving circuit unit 720 are provided. That is, in the 1-xz-B group, image guidance information (a type of predetermined guidance information is visual information) is used instead of auditory information. Therefore, after removing components related to auditory information, the visual information display is performed. A receiving circuit unit 720 is provided. Accordingly, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit that measures the distance d is the same as that of the 1-xz-A group and is the same as the function described in the fifteenth embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  The circuit configuration and function of the receiving circuit unit 720 are the same as those described in the tenth embodiment. The receiving circuit unit 720 includes an image display unit 721 such as a small display, and demodulates the received optical signal into an electrical signal. After that, the character / image information output circuit 724 and the microcomputer circuit 226 generate the character / image information to be displayed from the electric signal, and the character / image information is displayed on the small display 721 and is transmitted to the guided person. The same applies to the point. At this time, since the same is true in that the direction of the light emitting element 113C and the like is indicated to the guided person by the display position of characters or images on the small display 721, arrows, and the like, detailed description is omitted.

  As described above, according to the twentieth embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined guide information is visual information, and the guide unit includes the small display 721 (image display device) installed on the guided person side, and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit. An image display unit that displays information on the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) directions where the light emitting element 113C is installed on the small display 721 based on the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) information obtained by The guidance system which has the optical signal receiver 20 further provided with this can be provided.

  In the nineteenth embodiment described above, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R) is used as an optical signal for demodulating the image signal. It can also be used for reception. In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R). The configuration and function for demodulating the image signal are the same as those in each of the above-described embodiments (for example, Embodiment 10). ) Since the configuration and function for obtaining information are the same as those in the above-described embodiments, description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the twenty-first embodiment of the present invention, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R) is demodulated. It can also be used for receiving optical signals for In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information about the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R). As a result, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver with a reduced number of light receiving elements can be provided.

  In the twentieth embodiment described above, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R) is used as an optical signal for demodulating the image signal. It can also be used for reception. In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information regarding the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R). The configuration and function for demodulating the image signal are the same as those in each of the above-described embodiments (for example, Embodiment 10). ) Since the configuration and function for obtaining information are the same as those in the above-described embodiments, description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the twenty-second embodiment of the present invention, the light receiving elements 212L and 212R belonging to the first light receiving element group are removed, and the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R) is demodulated. It can also be used for receiving optical signals for In addition, it is also possible to obtain one-dimensional (azimuth angle) information regarding the left and right of the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed from the left and right received intensity difference of the second light receiving element group (light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R). As a result, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver with a reduced number of light receiving elements can be provided.

  Here, the common configuration of the 1-xz-A group and the 1-xz-B group will be summarized. That is, the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is the distance d, and the predetermined positional relationship is that the two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R (light receiving element units) having the light receiving elements are located on the left and right sides of the glasses FRi. The two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R and the like are each a light receiving element group having a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in the xz plane, or two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917L 917R and the like each have a light receiving element whose optical axis angle is variable in the xz plane, and the two-dimensional information acquisition unit receives two light receiving elements for information on the distance d in the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. When each of the element arrays 917L and 917R is a light receiving element array (light receiving element group), each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group is an xz plane. When the light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R have optical axis angle variable light receiving elements 1117L and 1117R each having a variable optical axis angle, each light receiving element receives the most. By obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed with respect to the x axis in the xz plane by each light receiving element when the intensity is high, two-dimensional () information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed can be obtained. it can.

  Here, the common configuration of the 1-xy-A, B group and the 1-xz-A, B group will be summarized. That is, light having one or more light emitting elements 113C having directivity around the optical axis for transmitting predetermined guide information (auditory information or visual information) by an optical signal modulated by visible light or near infrared light. The signal transmitter 100 and the like, and a spectacle unit FRi in which a plurality of light receiving elements 212L having directivity centered on an optical axis sensitive to visible light or infrared light are installed, and reception connected to the spectacle unit FRi. A guide system including a circuit unit 220 and the like and an optical signal receiver 1 and the like having a guide unit connected to the receiving circuit unit 220 and the like and transmitting predetermined guide information to a guided person side. A spherical coordinate system centered on the head of the guide is used, and the directivity regions partially overlap each other between the two light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit FRi. Thus, the optical axis has a positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the left and right (azimuth) directions are angled, and the receiving circuit unit 220 and the like receive the optical signal transmitted from the light emitting element 113C as the at least two light receiving elements. One-dimensional (azimuth) direction in which the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements when received by the elements 212UL and 212UR, etc., the received intensity ratio between the plurality of light receiving elements 212UL and 212UR, etc. and the optical signal are incident Based on the azimuth angle intensity ratio table indicating the relationship between the light receiving element 113C and the like, information on the one-dimensional (azimuth angle) direction with respect to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed, and the light receiving elements 212UL arranged in a predetermined positional relationship, and Other one-dimensional information (elevation angle information or distance information) about the position where the light emitting element 113C is installed based on the optical signal received by 212LL etc. By obtaining a guidance system comprising a two-dimensional information acquisition unit that the light emitting element 113C and the like to obtain a two-dimensional information about the installed direction.

2-xyz-A, B group:

  FIG. 36 shows the configuration of an embodiment of 2-xyz-A, B group in the guidance system of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 36, the combination of the 1-xy-A group and the 1-xz-A group is the 2-xyz-A group, which becomes Examples 23 and 24, and the 1-xy-B group The combination of the 1-xz-B group is the 2-xyz-B group, which is Examples 25 and 26. In each example of the 1-xyz-A and B groups described below, when the guidance information is auditory information, the same optical signal transmitter 100 or 101 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system, and the guidance information is visually displayed. In the case of information, the same optical signal transmitter 600 is used. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitters 100, 101, 600 is omitted.

  37A, 37B, and 37C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 23 according to the twenty-third embodiment of the present invention. 37A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 23, FIG. 37B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 37C is a left side view thereof. 37 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 32 (A), (B), (C), and FIGS. 18 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217UL and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

  The configuration of the optical signal receiver 23 in the twenty-third embodiment includes the left and right light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R in the fourteenth embodiment in addition to the configuration of the optical signal receiver 8 in the eighth embodiment (where the light receiving elements are X-shaped). It is a configuration. That is, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit that obtains two-dimensional information that is the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed is the same as that of the eighth embodiment (thus, the first embodiment). By performing virtual sound image localization in which the dimensional information and the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers 213L and 213R installed in the left and right speaker group format are associated with each other by virtual surround technology, the virtual sound image is localized from the virtual sound image localization direction. Since the function of the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit that conveys voice guidance information to the guider side is the same as that of the eighth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.

  The function of measuring the distance in the z-axis direction is basically the same as the function described in the fourteenth embodiment. However, the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit obtains a virtual sound image localization direction in the second dimension (left and right and up and down) in the eighth embodiment, whereas the function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit in the fourteenth embodiment (two-dimensional by left and right and distance). Since the sound image localization direction is obtained, the distance d is measured in Example 23 as follows. That is, the two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R (light receiving element portions) having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacles part FR23 each have a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in the xz plane. It is an element group. In the optical signal receiver 23, the information on the distance d regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed has each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in the two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R on the x axis in the xz plane. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires one-dimensional (distance d) information related to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed by obtaining from triangulation using each angle (angles Lθ and Rθ described in Example 14) And a predetermined perspective operation process based on the one-dimensional (distance) information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit to the auditory information transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction specified by the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit to the guided person side. And a three-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit to be applied.

  As a function for measuring the distance d, the function described in the fifteenth embodiment can be used. In this case, each of the two light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R (light receiving element portions) having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the glasses FR23 has light receiving elements whose optical axis angles are variable in the xz plane. It becomes a light receiving element group. The optical signal receiver 23 has the x-axis in the xz plane for each light receiving element when the reception intensity is highest in the two light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R with respect to the information of the distance d regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C and the like are installed. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires information on the distance d related to the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed, by obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed with respect to (the angles Lθ and Rθ described in Example 15); Three-dimensional processing that performs predetermined perspective operation processing based on the one-dimensional (distance) information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit to the auditory information transmitted from the virtual sound image localization direction specified by the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit to the guided person side A virtual sound image localization unit.

  The predetermined perspective operation processing applied to the auditory information is a volume operation for decreasing or increasing the volume according to the distance d based on the one-dimensional (distance) information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit, and a high spectrum. The pseudo perspective generation processing may be a combination of one or more operations such as a spectrum operation for attenuating or increasing a sound range and a reverberation operation for decreasing or increasing reverberation or phase fluctuation. In the above description, the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit uses the virtual surround technology. However, virtual sound image localization using various speaker group formats described in the 1-xy-A group can also be performed.

  As described above, according to the twenty-third embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 23 is the same as the configuration of the optical signal receiver 8 in the eighth embodiment (however, the light receiving element is X-shaped). It can be set as the structure provided with the element arrays 917L and 917R. As a result, there is provided a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 23 capable of transmitting three-dimensional information obtained by adding distance information to two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) information related to the direction of the light emitting element 113C and the like to the guided person. be able to.

  In Example 23, the optical axis 217C of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of Example 9 is directed to the z-axis direction in the optical signal receiver 23, and its directivity 216C is compared with the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. Accordingly, the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C that are narrowed can be provided (see FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, as in the ninth embodiment, voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C.

  As described above, according to the twenty-fourth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 23 of the twenty-third embodiment can be provided with the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the twenty-third embodiment, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver capable of transmitting position information to the guided person more pinpointly.

  38A, 38B, and 38C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 25 according to the twenty-fifth embodiment of the present invention. 38A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 25, FIG. 38B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 38C is a left side view thereof. 38 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 37 (A), (B), (C), and FIGS. 28 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217UL and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

  The configuration of the optical signal receiver 25 in the twenty-fifth embodiment is a configuration in which the left and right light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R in the fourteenth embodiment are added to the configuration of the optical signal receiver 11 in the eleventh embodiment. In FIGS. 38A, 38B, and 38C, reference numerals 730L 'and 730R' denote holographic sheathable wearable display devices that project a holographic image that is a three-dimensional image onto a lens portion. Similarly to the eleventh embodiment, the receiving circuit unit 720 is appropriately reduced in size and connected to the holographic sheathable wearable display devices 730L 'and 730R' (not shown). The function of the two-dimensional information acquisition unit that obtains two-dimensional information that is the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed is the same as that of the eleventh embodiment (therefore, the first embodiment), and thus the description thereof is omitted. To do.

  The function of measuring the distance d is basically the same as the function described in the twenty-fourth embodiment. That is, the two light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R (light receiving element portions) having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the left and right sides of the spectacles part FR25 each have a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in the xz plane. It is an element group. The optical signal receiver 23 includes a distance information acquisition unit that acquires one-dimensional (distance) information regarding the direction in which the light emitting element 113C described in the twenty-fourth embodiment is installed.

  The image display unit is provided with light emitting elements based on the two-dimensional (left and right and up and down) information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the one-dimensional (distance) information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit, and visual information. Information on the three-dimensional space (three-dimensional image) is displayed on the holographic sheathable wearable display devices 730L ′ and 730R ′.

  As a function for measuring the distance d, as described in the twenty-fourth embodiment, two light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R (light receiving element portions) each having a variable optical axis angle in the xz plane can be used. As with the twenty-fourth embodiment, the optical signal receiver 25 uses the distance information regarding the direction in which the light emitting elements 113C and the like are installed to determine which light receiving element has the highest reception intensity in the two light receiving element arrays 1117L and 1117R. One-dimensional (distance) information about the direction in which the light emitting element 113C is installed is obtained by obtaining from triangulation using each angle (angles Lθ and Rθ described in Example 24) formed with respect to the x axis in the xz plane. A distance information acquisition unit is provided.

  As described above, according to the twenty-fifth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 25 includes the left and right light receiving element arrays 917L and 917R in the fourteenth embodiment in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 11 in the eleventh embodiment. Can do. As a result, the information (three-dimensional image) related to the three-dimensional space in which the light emitting elements are installed can be displayed on the holographic type sheathable wearable display devices 730L ′ and 730R ′, and the optical signal receiver 25 can obtain a virtual reality effect. Can be provided.

  In Example 25, the optical axis 217C of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of Example 9 is directed to the z-axis direction in the optical signal receiver 25, and the directivity 216C is compared with the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. Thus, a light receiving element 212C and a speaker 213C that are narrowed can be provided (see FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, as in the ninth embodiment, voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C.

  As described above, according to the twenty-sixth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 25 of the twenty-fifth embodiment can be provided with the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the twenty-fifth embodiment, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver that can transmit position information to a guided person more pinpointly.

  In the above-described embodiments, when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information (voice guidance information), the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like can transmit the following identification (ID) information in addition to the voice guidance information. For example, information on the location where the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like is installed, information on the configuration of the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like or channel identification (left L, center C, right R, installation angle, etc.) of each light emitting element 113C, Examples include information on the output or directivity of the light emitting element 113C and the like, and an information reference signal for the memory card in the receiver. That is, the predetermined guidance information can include information regarding the installation location of the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like and information regarding the configuration. In addition, the optical signal receiver that has received the ID information can output the voice guidance information stored in the memory card in the receiver. When transmitting by digital modulation, the ID information (ID signal) and conventional auditory information (data signal) may be multiplexed by time division multiplexing (TDMA).

  As described above, according to the twenty-seventh embodiment of the present invention, when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information (voice guidance information) in each of the above-described embodiments, the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like transmit optical signals in addition to the voice guidance information. The information about the installation location and the information about the configuration of the device 100 and the information reference signal for the memory card in the optical signal receiver can be included. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system that can obtain information regarding the configuration of the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like and the channel identification of each light emitting element 113C and the like on the optical signal receiver 1 side. Further, when a plurality of light emitting elements 113C and the like are used in the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like, the light signal receiving element 113C and the like can be specified on the optical signal receiver 1 and the like side. In addition to the distance between the element 113C and the like, information that can be used for the determination of the relative position of both increases, so that it is possible to make a highly accurate determination regarding the position of the optical signal transmitter. For example, if the use of the light emitting element 113C2 with narrow directivity can be determined on the optical signal receiver 1 etc. side, it can be confirmed that the guided person is located near the front of the optical signal transmitter 100 etc. If the use of the light emitting element having a small optical output can be determined by the optical signal receiver 1 or the like, it can be confirmed that the guided person is located near the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like. If the use of a large number of light emitting elements 113C or the like facing in many directions can be determined by the optical signal receiver 1 or the like, the optical signal currently received is an optical signal from the light emitting element 113C or the like in which direction. By knowing this, the guided person can confirm in which direction the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like is located.

4-A, B group:
In each of Examples 4-A and B described below, when the guidance information is auditory information, the same optical signal transmitter 100 or 101 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system. In this case, the same optical signal transmitter 600 is used. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitters 100, 101, and 600 is omitted.

  39A, 39B, and 39C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 28 in the embodiment 28 of the invention. 39A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 28, FIG. 39B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 39C is a left side view thereof. 39 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 18 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

39A, 39B, and 39C, reference numeral 1542 denotes a position displacement / direction sensor that detects the movement of the head of the guided person, and is connected to the receiving circuit unit 220. The configuration of the optical signal receiver 28 in the twenty-eighth embodiment is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 8 in the eighth embodiment (however, the light receiving element is X-shaped), and FIGS. 39 (A), (B), and (C). As shown in the figure, a position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is installed on the right rem of the spectacle part FR28. As the position displacement / direction sensor 1542, for example, a 3-axis acceleration sensor capable of detecting acceleration in three directions of the xyz axis, a 3-axis acceleration sensor and a 3-axis angular velocity sensor (gyro), a 9-axis sensor including a 3-axis sensor and a geomagnetic sensor, etc. Can be used. When the guided person suddenly moves his / her head, the movement of the head is detected by the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 and a detection circuit (not shown) in the receiving circuit unit 220, and the microcomputer circuit 226 appropriately corrects the voice guidance information. By adding, accurate position guidance for the guided person can be performed. In other words, the detection information by the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 and the detection circuit (not shown) in the receiving circuit unit 220 is used as correction information for detecting the position of the light emitting element 113C, etc., so that the virtual sound image localization direction follows the head movement. Can be made. Other configurations and functions are the same as the configurations and functions described in the eighth embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the twenty-eighth embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 28 can be a configuration in which the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is installed in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 8 in the eighth embodiment. As a result, even when the guided person suddenly moves his / her head, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 28 that can follow the movement and accurately guide the guided person is provided. Can do. This function is particularly effective when the optical signal receiver that has received the ID information outputs the voice guidance information stored in the memory card in the receiver. The twenty-eighth embodiment is not limited to the optical signal receiver 8 of the eighth embodiment, but may be applied to the other embodiments described above (embodiments in each group of 1-xy-A, 1-xz-A, and 2-xyz-A). The same applies to the case.

  40A, 40B, and 40C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 29 in the embodiment 29 of the invention. 40A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 29, FIG. 40B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 40C is a left side view thereof. 40 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 39 (A), (B), (C), and FIGS. 25 (A), (B), and (C) are given. Since the same elements are shown, description thereof is omitted, and the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, the left-right and up-and-down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are also shown in FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same as C), and the optical axis 217UL and the like are also the same as those shown in FIGS.

In FIGS. 40A, 40 </ b> B, and 40 </ b> C, the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is connected to the receiving circuit unit 720. The configuration of the optical signal receiver 29 in the twenty-ninth embodiment is the same as that of the optical signal receiver 10 in the tenth embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 40 (A), (B), and (C). The position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is installed on the rim. The installation position of the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 may be the left rim or the like of the eyeglass part FR28. Since the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is the same as that in the twenty-eighth embodiment, description thereof is omitted. When the guided person suddenly moves his / her head, the movement of the head is detected by the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 and a detection circuit (not shown) in the receiving circuit unit 720, and the microcomputer circuit 226 appropriately corrects the image guidance information. By adding, accurate position guidance for the guided person can be performed. That is, an image displayed on the wristband type display 721 by using detection information by the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 and a detection circuit (not shown) in the reception circuit unit 720 as correction information in position detection of the light emitting element 113C and the like. The guidance information can be made to follow the movement of the head. Other configurations and functions are the same as the configurations and functions described in the tenth embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the twenty-ninth embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the optical signal receiver 29 can be a configuration in which the position displacement / direction sensor 1542 is installed in the configuration of the optical signal receiver 10 in the tenth embodiment. As a result, even when the guided person suddenly moves his / her head, a guidance system having an optical signal receiver 29 that can follow the movement and provide accurate position guidance to the guided person is provided. Can do. The 29th embodiment is not limited to the optical signal receiver 10 of the 10th embodiment, but includes the other embodiments described above (embodiments in each group of 1-xy-B, 1-xz-B, and 2-xyz-B). The same applies to the case.

  In Example 28, the optical axis 217C of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of Example 9 is directed to the z-axis direction in the optical signal receiver 28, and its directivity 216C is compared with the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. Accordingly, the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C that are narrowed can be provided (see FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, as in the ninth embodiment, voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C.

  As described above, according to the thirtieth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 28 according to the twenty-eighth embodiment can be provided with the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 according to the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the twenty-eighth embodiment, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver capable of transmitting position information to the guided person more pinpointed.

5-A, B group:
In each of Examples 5-A and B described below, when the guidance information is auditory information, the same optical signal transmitter 100 or 101 is used as the optical signal transmitter in the guidance system. In this case, the same optical signal transmitter 600 is used. For this reason, the description regarding the optical signal transmitters 100, 101, and 600 is omitted.

  41A, 41B, and 41C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 31 in the embodiment 31 of the invention. 41A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 31, FIG. 41B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 41C is a left side view thereof. 41 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 18 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  41A and 41C, reference numeral 1650 is preferably a touch pen type auxiliary handy transceiver (auxiliary device), 1651 is an auxiliary light receiving unit of the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650, and 1652 is light in the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650. A switch 1653 is turned on when a signal is received, and 1653 is a changeover switch (switching unit) that is turned on when an operation signal (described later) is transmitted in the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650. As shown in FIGS. 41A and 41C, the optical signal receiver 31 is connected to the receiving circuit unit 220 via a cable 1650C. The auxiliary light receiving unit 1651 can be close to the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like, and the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 can communicate with the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like by the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651. The configuration of the optical signal receiver 31 in the present embodiment 31 is a configuration in which an auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 is further added to the configuration of the optical signal receiver 10 in the embodiment 8 (however, the light receiving element is X-shaped). .

  When the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like is installed in an indoor facility or household appliance, the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like is provided with an operation switch for operating the indoor facility or household appliance, and the operation switch or the operation switch. An operation switch side optical signal transmission unit and an operation switch side optical signal reception unit may be further provided. In this case, the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 may further include an operation signal transmission unit that transmits an operation signal for operating the operation switch to the operation switch side optical signal reception unit side. The operation signal transmission unit is preferably provided at the same position as the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651. The change-over switch 1653 is used for switching between the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651 and the operation signal transmitting unit and operating.

  For example, when notifying the optical signal receiver 31 by transmitting an optical signal from a light emitting diode (operation switch side optical signal transmitter) provided in the vicinity of the position of an operation switch such as indoor equipment or home appliances, The auxiliary handy transmitter / receiver 1650 can be brought close to a light-emitting diode installed as a self-illuminated operation switch of an indoor facility or home appliance or an adjacent pilot lamp. As a result, the guided person can obtain detailed position information of the switch and can reliably operate the switch.

  As described above, by providing a function for receiving an operation signal from the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 on the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like side, the guided person uses the changeover switch 1653 of the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650. If the operation signal transmission unit is turned on, it becomes possible to operate the indoor equipment or home appliances. As a result, the guided person can operate the switch without understanding the switch arrangement and mechanism (mechanism) of the indoor equipment or the home appliance. The operation switch side optical signal transmitter and the operation signal transmitter can use visible light or near infrared light separately. For example, both visible light is used for the optical signal transmitted from the operation switch side optical signal transmission unit, and near infrared light is used for the optical signal transmitted from the operation signal transmission unit of the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650. Can be prevented from interfering with other signals. Alternatively, if the modulation method of the optical signal is an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation (PWM) method, a pulse position modulation (PPM) method, or a digital modulation method, the optical signal Interference of each optical signal can be prevented by changing the frequency of the multi-carrier used for the modulation of. Other configurations and functions are the same as the configurations and functions described in the eighth embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirty-first embodiment of the present invention, the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 is further added to the configuration of the optical signal receiver 10 in the eighth embodiment (however, the light receiving element is X-shaped). It can be set as the added structure. By providing a function of receiving an operation signal from the auxiliary handy transmitter / receiver 1650 on the optical signal transmitter 100 side or the like, the guided person uses the changeover switch 1653 of the auxiliary handy transmitter / receiver 1650 to operate the operation signal transmitter. If is turned on, it becomes possible to operate indoor equipment or home appliances. As a result, the guided person can provide a guidance system having the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 that can be operated without understanding the switch arrangement and mechanism (mechanism) of indoor equipment or home appliances. .

  42 (A), (B), (C), and (D) show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 32 in the embodiment 32 of the present invention. 42A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 32, FIG. 42B is a plan view thereof, FIG. 42C is a left side view thereof, and FIG. 42D shows an auxiliary handy transceiver 1750. . 42 (A), (B), and (C), the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 41 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted.

  The optical signal receiver 32 is different from the optical signal receiver 31 in that the shape of the auxiliary handy transceiver 1750 is changed from a touch pen type to a ring type. In addition to the improved portability due to the ring type, wireless communication or human body communication is used for communication between the auxiliary handy transceiver 1750 and the receiving circuit unit 220, and no signal line is used. For the user, the auxiliary handy transceiver 1750 is more convenient to use. Other configurations and functions are the same as those of the embodiment 31, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirty-second embodiment of the present invention, the auxiliary handy transceiver 1750 can be a ring type. Wireless communication or human body communication is used for communication between the auxiliary handy transceiver 1750 and the receiving circuit unit 220, and no signal line is used. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system having the auxiliary handy transmitter / receiver 1750 in which the usability of the auxiliary handy transmitter / receiver 1750 is further improved for the guided person.

  In Example 31, the optical axis 217C of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of Example 9 is directed to the z-axis direction in the optical signal receiver 31, and the directivity 216C is compared with the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. Accordingly, the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C that are narrowed can be provided (see FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, the changeover switch 1653 can be used for switching among the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651, the operation signal transmitting unit, and the light receiving element 212C. As described above, as in the ninth embodiment, the voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C. Other configurations and functions are the same as those of the embodiment 31, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to Embodiment 33 of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 31 of Embodiment 31 can be provided with the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 of Embodiment 9. As a result, in addition to the effects of the embodiment 31, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver capable of transmitting position information to the guided person more pinpointed.

In the thirty-second embodiment, the optical axis 217C of the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment is directed to the z-axis direction in the optical signal receiver 32, and the directivity 216C is compared with the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. Accordingly, the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C that are narrowed can be provided (see FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, the changeover switch 1653 can be used for switching among the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651, the operation signal transmitting unit, and the light receiving element 212C. As described above, as in the ninth embodiment, the voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those in the embodiment 32, the description thereof is omitted.

As described above, according to the thirty-fourth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal receiver 32 of the thirty-second embodiment can be provided with the light receiving element 212C and the speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the thirty-second embodiment, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver capable of transmitting position information to the guided person more pinpointly.

6-A, B group:

  FIG. 43 shows a circuit configuration of an optical signal transmitter 1800 in Embodiment 35 of the present invention. 43, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 3 and FIG. 24 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 43, reference numerals 1821L, 1821C, and 1821R are light receiving elements connected to the optical signal receiving circuit 1820, and 1822L, 1822C, and 1822R are light receiving elements 1821L, 1821C, and 1821R in this order (hereinafter referred to as “light receiving elements 1821L, etc.”). The reference numeral 1823 denotes a partition wall provided so that the optical signal transmitted from the light emitting element 113C or the like is not received by the light receiving element 1821L or the like. As shown in FIG. 43, the optical signal transmitter 1800 adds the character / image information generation board 611 of the optical signal transmitter 600, the light receiving element 1821L, and the optical signal receiving circuit 1820 to the configuration of the optical signal transmitter 100. The character / image information generation board 611 and the optical signal receiving circuit 1820 are connected to the bus BT. The light receiving element 1821L and the optical signal receiving circuit 1820 are collectively referred to as an optical signal receiving unit. As described above, the optical signal transmitter 1800 has a configuration in which the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like further include an optical signal receiver. Hereinafter, the optical signal transmitter 1800 including the optical signal receiver is also referred to as an optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800. In Example 35, auditory information is used as the predetermined guidance information. Therefore, the optical signal transmission circuit 112 inputs the guidance voice recorded in the voice recorder circuit 111 or the guidance voice information recorded in the memory card, and modulates visible light or near infrared light from the light emitting element 113C or the like. Is converted into an electrical signal for transmission and transmitted as an optical signal from the light emitting element 113C or the like.

  44A, 44B, and 44C show the configuration of the optical signal receiver 35 in the embodiment 35 of the invention. 44A is a front view of the optical signal receiver 35, FIG. 43B is a plan view thereof, and FIG. 43C is a left side view thereof. 44 (A), (B), and (C), the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 18 (A), (B), and (C) indicate the same elements, and the description thereof is omitted. The relationship between the axis and the z-axis, the left and right and up and down directions, and the way of attaching L, R, U, and L are the same as those in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, and the description is omitted. Since 217UL and the like are the same as FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, the display is omitted. As described above, in Example 35, auditory information is used as the predetermined guidance information. Therefore, the optical signals received by the four light receiving elements 212UL and the like are demodulated into audio signals in the audio band by the optical signal receiving circuit 224, and the demodulated electric signals are received as audio signals from the speakers 213L and the like through the audio output circuit 225. It is conveyed to the guide.

  44A, 44B, and 44C, the optical signal receiver 35 has a configuration in which a light emitting element 1961 and a housing 1962 of the light emitting element 1961 are added to the optical signal receiver 8 of the eighth embodiment ( However, the light receiving element is X-shaped), and the light emitting element 1961 is installed on the left rim of the spectacle part FR35 and is connected to the transmission / reception circuit part 1920. The installation position of the light emitting element 1961 may be the right rim or the like of the spectacle part FR35.

  FIG. 45 shows the external appearance of the transmission / reception circuit section 1920 in the embodiment 35 of the present invention. In FIG. 45, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating a circuit configuration of the transmission / reception circuit unit 1920 according to the 35th embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 45, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. As shown in FIG. 46, the transmission / reception circuit unit 1920 has a configuration in which an optical signal transmission circuit 1929 is added to the reception circuit unit 220 of the first embodiment, and the optical signal transmission circuit 1929 is connected to the bus BR. The optical signal transmission circuit 1929 and the light emitting element 1961 are collectively referred to as an optical signal transmission unit. As described above, the optical signal receiver 35 includes the optical signal receiver 100 and the optical signal transmitter. Hereinafter, the optical signal receiver 35 including the optical signal transmitter is also referred to as an optical signal transmitter / receiver 35.

  The optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 toward the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 is mainly an ID (guided person's own ID or ID of the guided person's optical signal transmitter / receiver 35) signal. is there. Examples of other optical signals include optical signals indicating selection information of guidance languages, optical signals indicating selection information of guidance contents corresponding to healthy persons, visually impaired persons, hearing impaired persons, etc., adults Or the optical signal which shows the selection information of the guidance content for children, the optical signal which shows the information regarding the location of a to-be-guided person, etc. are mentioned. Here, the information on the location of the guided person is detected by the plurality of light receiving elements 1821L installed in the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 using the same principle as the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35. Can be obtained. As described above, by transmitting various information as an ID signal from the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 allows the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 to match the type of the guided person or the guidance signal reflecting the location of the guided person. Can be sent. Further, the optical signal transceiver 1800 can sense the approach of the guided person by receiving the ID signal of the guided person side. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those in the eighth embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirty-fifth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 is configured to further include the optical signal receiver in the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like, and the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 is included in the optical signal receiver 100 or the like. It can be set as the structure further provided with the optical signal transmission part. The ID and various information on the guided person side can be transmitted from the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 to the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800. As a result, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 senses the approach of the guidance system or the guided person that can transmit the guidance signal that matches the type of the guided person or the guidance signal that reflects the location of the guided person. Thus, it is possible to provide a guidance system that can turn on / off optical signal transmission.

  In the thirty-sixth embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined guide information is the visual information in the above-described thirty-fifth embodiment. Accordingly, the optical signal transmission circuit 112 shown in FIG. 43 inputs the image guide information generated by the character / image information generation board 111 or the image guide information recorded on the memory card, and the visible light or the light is transmitted from the light emitting element 113C. An optical signal obtained by modulating near-infrared light is converted into an electric signal for transmission, and is transmitted as an optical signal from the light emitting element 113C or the like. The optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 has a configuration including a transmitter / receiver circuit unit 1920 having a small display 721 as shown in FIG. 27, for example, by removing the left and right speakers 213L and 213R. The optical signal received by the four light receiving elements 212UL of the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 is demodulated into an electric signal by the optical signal receiving circuit 224, and further the character / image information to be displayed on the small display 721 is generated by the microcomputer circuit 226 or the like. Is done. Other configurations and functions are the same as those in the embodiment 35, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirty-sixth embodiment of the present invention, the predetermined guidance information in the thirty-fifth embodiment can be made visual information. As a result, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 can transmit a character / image information signal suitable for the type of the person being guided or a character / image information signal reflecting the location of the person being guided, or a guided system. It is possible to provide a guidance system that can sense the approach of a person and turn on / off optical signal transmission.

  In Example 35, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 may be further added with an external light emitting element 113C2 included in the optical signal transmitter 101 of Example 9. In this case, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 is provided with a light receiving element 212C and a speaker 213C whose optical axis 217C is directed in the z-axis direction and whose directivity 216C is narrower than the directivity of other light receiving elements 212UL and the like. (See FIG. 21A and the like). In this case, the changeover switch 1653 can be used for switching among the auxiliary light receiving unit 1651, the operation signal transmitting unit, and the light receiving element 212C. As described above, as in the ninth embodiment, the voice guidance is output from the speaker 213C only when an optical signal is received within the narrow directivity range 216C of the light receiving element 212C. Other configurations and functions are the same as those in the embodiment 35, and thus description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, according to the thirty-seventh embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 according to the thirty-fifth embodiment can be configured such that the external light emitting element 113C2 included in the optical signal transmitter 101 according to the ninth embodiment is further added. Furthermore, the optical signal receiver 31 can be provided with a light receiving element 212C and a speaker 213C included in the optical signal receiver 9-1 of the ninth embodiment. As a result, in addition to the effects of the embodiment 35, it is possible to provide a guidance system having an optical signal receiver capable of transmitting position information to the guided person more pinpointly.

7-A, B group:

  FIG. 47 is a perspective view of an optical signal transmitter 2000 according to Embodiment 38 of the present invention. In FIG. 47, the relationship with the x-axis, y-axis, z-axis, left / right / up / down directions, and how L, R, U, and L are labeled are shown in FIG. 3 and FIGS. The description is omitted because it is the same, and the optical axis, directivity, and the like are the same as in FIG.

  In FIG. 47, reference numeral 2013 denotes a light emitting element, 2021UL, 2021LL, 2021UR, and 2021LR denote light receiving elements (hereinafter referred to as “light receiving element 2021UL”), and 2050 denotes a horizontal rotation angle (xz plane rotation angle) or a vertical direction. This is a mechanism (movable part) that can freely change at least one or both of the corners (the yz plane tilt angle). In FIG. 47, the electric device and the electric device control circuit for operating the movable portion 2050 are omitted. As shown in FIG. 47, the optical signal transmitter 2000 is mounted on the optical signal transmitter 2000, and the direction of the installation surface (front surface for transmitting and receiving optical signals) on which the light emitting element 2013 and the optical signal receiving unit are installed. The movable unit 2050 is movable in the xz plane and / or the yz plane, and is installed by the movable unit 2050 based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitting unit such as the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 and received by the optical signal receiving unit. A control unit (not shown) that controls the direction of the surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists. As shown in FIG. 47, the optical signal transmitter 2000 includes a light receiving element 2021UL, and thus includes an optical signal receiving unit. Therefore, hereinafter, like the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800, the optical signal transmitter 2000 including the optical signal receiver is also referred to as an optical signal transmitter / receiver 2000. The installation surface of the optical signal transmitter / receiver 2000 can automatically track the direction in which the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 and the like exist by the functions of the movable unit 2050 and the control unit. Therefore, it is possible to receive an optical signal with higher intensity, or to clearly notify a sighted person (or a person with hearing impairment) that the optical signal transceiver 2000 is responding. In FIG. 47, one light emitting element 2013 and four light receiving elements 2021UL are shown; however, the number is not limited thereto.

  As described above, according to the thirty-eighth embodiment of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 2000 has the movable portion 2050 whose installation surface is movable in the xz plane and / or the yz plane, the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 and the like. A control unit that controls the movable surface 2050 to direct the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical unit and received by the optical signal reception unit. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system in which the installation surface can automatically track the direction in which the optical signal transceiver 35 and the like exist.

S-1 to 6-A, B group:
Hereinafter, various application examples of the above-described guidance system will be described. FIG. 48 shows a configuration of an example of the S-1 to 6-A, B group in the application example of the guidance system of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 48, when the optical signal transmitter (or the optical signal transmitter / receiver) is fixed and the predetermined guide information is direction information and approach information (step S400), there is another optical signal transmitter and the predetermined information is present. In the case where position information is output in addition to the guide information (step S410), and in the case where another optical signal transmitter is present and location information is output in addition to the predetermined guide information (step S420), In step S430), examples of traffic signals are Examples 39 and 40 (Step S431), examples of corridors are Examples 42 and 43 (Step S432), and examples of stairs are Example 44 (Step S433). An example of a station platform is Example 45 (step S434), an example of a public toilet is Example 46 (Step S435), and an example using a writing device is Example 47 ( Step S436). In the case of visual information in step S420 (step S440) is Example 48 (step S441).

  As shown in FIG. 48, the case where the block for the visually impaired is used in Step S400 is Example 41 (Step S450). In the case where equipment information is output in addition to the predetermined guidance information in step S400 (step S460), examples of home appliances, eleverata, and vending machines (vending machines) are the embodiments 49 to 52 (step S465), and an optical signal in step S400. In the case of transmitting the transmitter ID (step S470), an example of the movable part is the embodiment 54 (step S480), and an example of the amusement facility is the embodiment 55 (step S490).

  As shown in FIG. 48, an example in which the optical signal transmitter (or the optical signal transmitter / receiver) is movable and the predetermined guidance information is approach warning information is Example 56 (step S495).

  In each of the following embodiments, an optical signal transmitter having the same configuration and function as those of the optical signal transmitters 100 and 101, the optical signal transmitter 600, and the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 described above is used. As the optical signal receivers, those having the same configuration and function as the optical signal receivers 1 to 32 and the optical signal transceiver 35 are used. For this reason, explanation about an optical signal transmitter, an optical signal receiver, and each optical signal transceiver is omitted. When any of the optical signal transmitter 100 or 101, the optical signal transmitter 600, and the optical signal transmitter / receiver 1800 may be used, a code “XXX” is added to the end and “optical signal transmitter XXX, etc.” Say. When any one of the optical signal receivers 1 to 32 and the optical signal transmitter / receiver 35 may be used, it is referred to as “optical signal receiver ΔΔΔΔ etc.” by adding a symbol ΔΔΔΔ. The directivity of the optical signal transmitters XXX, etc., and the optical signal receivers ΔΔΔΔ, etc. is the same as that of the above-described guidance system. The concept of the optical axis is the same as that of the above-described guidance system, but the display is omitted for convenience of drawing.

S-1-A, Group B:

FIG. 49 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 39 of the present invention. 49, reference numeral 2100M denotes a guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like on the head, and 2101UP denotes the directivity of the light receiving element obliquely upward in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. 2101LW
Is the directivity of an oblique light receiving element such as an optical signal receiver 2100, 2101TP is the directivity of an upward light receiving element such as the optical signal receiver 2100, 2110 is a pedestrian crossing over which a guided person 2100M crosses, 2120 is Pedestrian traffic signal, 2131FW is the directivity of the optical signal indicating the traveling direction transmitted from the first optical signal transmitter 2130, etc., 2131DN is the guided person transmitted from the first optical signal transmitter 2130, etc. Directivity of optical signal indicating the location 2140
Is a push button box for the visually impaired (blind person or weak traffic person) of the second optical signal transmitter 2150, 2151 is the directivity of the optical signal transmitted from the second optical signal transmitter 2150, etc. It shows how it spreads out).

  As shown in FIG. 49, the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like transmits an optical signal (position information) for notifying the presence of the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired. The first optical signal transmitter 2130 and the like indicate an advancing direction (direction information) and an optical signal (location information) for notifying the name of the intersection where the traffic signal 2120 for pedestrians is installed and the state of the traffic signal. It is transmitted obliquely downward (direction 2131FW direction) toward the facing side of the pedestrian crossing 2110, and further an optical signal (approach information) for indicating the location of the guided person is directed downward (direction 2131DN direction). Send. The optical signal receiver 2100 or the like receives the optical signal and performs voice guidance. When the guided person walks while listening to the signal (directivity 2131FW) transmitted by the first optical signal transmitter 2130 or the like as a voice when crossing the pedestrian crossing 2110 of the intersection, the virtual person approaches the end point of the pedestrian crossing 2110, The direction of the sound image localization gradually moves upward, and when the crossing is finished, the guidance cannot be heard, so that the end of the crossing can be known. Furthermore, an optical signal (directivity 2131DN) for indicating a location transmitted downward by the first optical signal transmitter 2130 or the like is received by an upward light receiving element (not shown) such as the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. By this, the guided person can know his / her position and can know more explicitly that the crossing has ended.

  In other words, the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and the like are fixedly installed at a place (predetermined place) where the pedestrian traffic signal 2120 is installed, and the content of the guidance information is the first with respect to the guided person 2100M side. Direction information for obtaining the direction to the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and approach information for notifying the first optical signal transmitter 2130 that it has approached or arrived. The second optical signal transmitter 2150 (another optical signal transmitter) is a push button box for the visually impaired on the sidewalk on the opposite side (near position) through the pedestrian crossing 2110 near the pedestrian traffic signal 2120. (Signal push button device) 2140 is installed, and the content of the guidance information includes position information that informs the guided person 2100M of the position of the second optical signal transmitter 2150. The guide information transmitted by the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and / or the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like is transmitted by the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and / or the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like. Further includes location information related to the installed location. The location information includes the lighting or blinking state of the pedestrian traffic signal 2120 and / or the name of the location where the pedestrian traffic signal 2120 is installed.

  When the guided person 2100M wearing the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like approaches the pedestrian crossing 2110, the guidance signal (position information) from the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like installed in the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired , The presence of the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired can be easily recognized and operated. When a push button (not shown) is pressed, the traffic signal 2120 for pedestrians transmits an optical signal (location information) notifying the state, and a signal of a traffic signal system including a traffic signal for a car according to the situation. Take control. This signal control is the same as in the conventional system. The information of the light signal that informs the state of the traffic signal 2120 for pedestrians is, for example, “◎◎ direction at XX intersection, red signal”, “◎◎ direction at XX intersection, green signal”, “Soon. It will be red. " The light signal may be transmitted all the time without depending on the pressing of the push button by the guided person 2100M. In this case, it is also possible to send the following guidance information, “XX direction of XX intersection, red traffic light. There is a push button on the right side when crossing.” Furthermore, when the road becomes a pedestrian heaven on a holiday and the pedestrian traffic signal 2120 is stopped, or when the signal display is changed to a blinking signal at night or the like, the first optical signal transmitter 2130 or the like The guide information can be rewritten by a control signal and guide information received by a wireless or wired communication circuit (not shown). The guided person 2100M can perceive the direction to always travel without shaking his / her face because the virtual sound localization in the horizontal direction can be obtained simultaneously by crossing the pedestrian crossing 2110 while listening to the voice guidance information (light signal reception). Although the directivity in the left-right direction of the device 2100 and the like is not shown, the optical signal receiver 2100 and the like can perform the virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction as described in the above-described embodiments (the same applies hereinafter). When the voice guidance information interferes with the recognition of ambient sounds, the guided person 2100M can lower the volume of the speaker 213L and the like with the switch 213SW1 and the like.

  As described above, according to the 39th embodiment of the present invention, the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and the like are fixedly installed at the place where the pedestrian traffic signal 2120 is installed, and the second optical signal transmitter 2150 is installed. It can be set as the guidance system installed in the push button box 2140 for visually-impaired persons on the sidewalk on the opposite side via the crosswalk 2110 near the traffic signal 2120 for pedestrians. Direction information for causing the guided person 2100M to obtain the direction to the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and the first optical signal transmitter as the contents of the guide information transmitted from the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and the like Access information can be included in 2130 to indicate that it has approached or arrived. As the content of the guidance information transmitted from the second optical signal transmitter 2130 or the like, position information for informing the guided person 2100M side of the position of the second optical signal transmitter 21550 can be included. Further, location information related to the location where the first optical signal transmitter 2130 and / or the second optical signal transmitter 2150 and the like are installed can be included, and the location information includes the traffic signal 2120 for pedestrians. Can be included, and / or the location name where the pedestrian traffic light 2120 is installed. As a result, the guided person 2100M can obtain a virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction at the same time by crossing the pedestrian crossing 2110 while listening to the voice guidance information. A system can be provided.

  In Example 39, the external light emitting device 113C2 described in Example 9 is installed in the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired, and light having a wavelength different from that of the optical signal transmitted from the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like is used. A signal can also be transmitted. For example, infrared light can be transmitted from the second optical signal transmitter 2150 and the like, and visible light can be transmitted from the external light emitting element 113C2. By setting the light receiving element (not shown) in the front direction in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like to have a function of selectively receiving the optical signal from the external light emitting element 113C2, a push button box 2140 for the visually impaired Can be accurately notified. Since visible light is transmitted from the external light emitting element 113C2, it becomes possible for a low vision person to visually recognize the position of the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired.

  As described above, according to the 40th embodiment of the present invention, the external light emitting device 113C2 described in the 9th embodiment is installed in the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired, and transmitted from the second optical signal transmitter 2150 or the like. An optical signal having a wavelength different from that of the optical signal can be transmitted. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system that enables accurate notification of the push button box 2140 for the visually impaired.

  FIG. 50 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 41 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 50, the first optical signal transmitter 2210 and the like are arranged at the center of a warning block (dotted block) 2204 (predetermined location) in a visually impaired person guiding block (braille block) 2202 installed on the road. Is installed. In FIG. 50, reference numerals 2211L and 2211R denote the directivities in the left and right directions of the light emitting elements in the first optical signal transmitter 2210 and the like, respectively. FIG. 51 shows another application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 41 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 51, the first optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like are installed on the side surface of the guidance block (linear block) 2206 (predetermined place) in the visually impaired person guidance block 2202 installed on the road. Yes. In FIG. 51, reference numeral 2211F denotes the directivity of the light emitting element in the second optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like in the back direction in the drawing.

  Also in the forty-first embodiment, the guidance system is composed of the first optical signal transmitter 2210 and the like and the optical signal receiver and the like. However, for convenience of explanation, only the optical signal transmitter 2210 and the like are shown in FIG. The first optical signal transmitter 2210 or the like transmits an optical signal carrying guidance information corresponding to each direction with respect to the four directions approaching the warning block 2204. In FIG. Only 2211L is shown. When the guided person approaches the warning block 2204, voice guidance information (position guidance information) regarding the position and direction can be heard. As the guided person approaches the warning block 2204, the position of the virtual sound image localization gradually moves downward, so that the guided person can know his / her position. 51, only the first optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like are shown as in FIG. The first optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like transmit optical signals notifying the presence of the block from both side surfaces of the guiding block 2206. FIG. 51 shows only the directivity 221F in the back direction in the drawing. By arranging the guide blocks 2206 on which the first optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like are mounted at regular intervals, it is possible to widely notify the presence of the visually impaired person guide block 2202 row.

  When a guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 100 or the like walks through a visually impaired person guidance block 2202, he or she approaches a warning block 2204 installed in front of a specific building, intersection, or pedestrian crossing. become. Here, the guided person can listen to the voice guidance information by receiving the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2210 or the like by the optical signal receiver 100 or the like. Since the optical signal is transmitted with directivity 2211R and the like in the four directions of the warning block 2204, the guided person can receive voice guidance information corresponding to the approaching direction. For example, when guiding the direction of a building in a direction perpendicular to the traveling direction, the direction of guiding the building is reversed depending on whether the approach is from the left or right. Further, as the direction of the virtual sound image localization gradually moves downward as the warning block 2204 is approached, the distance between the warning block 2204 and itself can be known. In addition, when applied to the Braille block installed at the boarding platform of the station, it is possible to recognize the direction of the edge of the platform where the train enters at the same time as the information on the left and right numbers. Therefore, the possibility of a fall accident can be reduced.

  When the guided person is in the vicinity of the visually impaired person guide block 2202, an optical signal notifying the presence of the guide block 2206 transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2220 or the like installed on both sides of the guide block 2206 is sent. By receiving the voice guidance information by receiving it with the optical signal receiver 100 or the like, the guide block 2206 can be easily reached. As shown in FIG. 51, since the optical signal has directivity 2221F, it is not received when walking on the visually handicapped person guiding block 2202. For this reason, it does not interfere with position guidance information such as directivity 2211R transmitted from the warning block 2204. Furthermore, if it is installed on the guide block 2206 installed at the end of the boarding platform of the station, the possibility of a fall accident can be reduced. In addition, in the event of a disaster such as a fire or an earthquake, the first optical signal transmitter 2220 etc. rewrites the guidance in the memory with the control signal received by the wireless or wired communication circuit and the guidance information, and the evacuation route is set. It is also possible to guide.

  As described above, according to Embodiment 41 of the present invention, the first optical signal transmitter 2210 and the like can be installed at the center of the warning block 2204 in the visually impaired person guidance block 2202 installed on the road. The first optical signal transmitter 2210 or the like transmits an optical signal carrying guidance information corresponding to each direction to the four directions approaching the warning block 2204. Therefore, the voice guidance corresponding to the direction approached by the guided person is provided. A guidance system capable of receiving information can be provided. Alternatively, the first optical signal transmitter 2220 and the like can be installed on the side surface of the guidance block (linear block) 2206 (predetermined location) in the visually impaired person guidance block 2202 installed on the road. When the guided person is in the vicinity of the visually impaired person guide block 2202, an optical signal notifying the presence of the guide block 2206 transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2220 or the like installed on both sides of the guide block 2206 is sent. By receiving the voice guidance information received by the optical signal receiver 100 or the like, a guidance system that can easily reach the guidance block 2206 can be provided.

  FIG. 52 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 42 of the present invention. In FIG. 52, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. In FIG. 52, reference numeral 2305 denotes a door of a room for guiding the guided person 2100M, 2310 denotes a door knob of the door 2305, 2341 denotes directivity of an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like (conical shape on the front side of the drawing). 2331 is the directivity of the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2330 or the like. As shown in FIG. 52, the optical signal transmitter 2330 or the like transmits an optical signal for guiding a guided person to a target room or a place with an exhibit, and the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like. An optical signal for notifying the position of the doorknob 2310 or explaining the exhibition is transmitted. The optical signal receiver 2100 and the like receive these optical signals and perform voice guidance.

  As shown in FIG. 52, the optical signal transmitter 2330 and the like are installed above (predetermined place) the door 2305 of the room facing the corridor 2315 in the building. An optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like (another optical signal transmitter) is installed in the vicinity (near position) of the door knob 2310 of the door 2305, and the location information to be transmitted includes a description of the room.

  As shown in FIG. 52, when a guided person 2100M wearing an optical signal receiver 2100 or the like walks in a hallway of a hotel, a corridor of a hospital, an exhibition room such as a museum or a museum, the optical signal receiver The 2100 etc. can hear the audio guidance for walking support to the target position (door 2305) by receiving the optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 2330 or the like. When the guided person 2100M walks while listening to the guidance voice, a virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction is obtained, and thus the direction to be always advanced can be perceived without shaking the face. At this time, when the guidance voice interferes with the recognition of the ambient sound, the guided person 2100M can lower the volume of the speaker 213L or the like of the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. Since the optical signal transmitter 2330 and the like are installed above the door 2305, the position of the virtual sound image localization gradually moves upward as the guided person 2100M approaches the guiding position (door 2305). 2100M can know the approach to the target position. Further, when guided person 2100M arrives at the guide position, directivity 2101UP such as light receiving element 212UL of optical signal receiver 2100 deviates from directivity 2331 such as optical signal transmitter 2330, and light receiving element 213UP having directivity 2101TP or the like. Only receive optical signals. At this time, since the guidance voice can be heard from directly above for the guided person 2100M, arrival at the target position can be known. At the same time, the light receiving elements 212UL and the like having directivity 2101UP and directivity 2101LW enter the directivity 2341 of the optical signal transmitter 2340 and the like, so that the optical signal receiver 2100 and the like transmit the optical signal transmitter 2340 and the like to the hotel guest room. Alternatively, a signal for guiding the position of the door knob 2310 in the examination room of the hospital or a signal for explaining an exhibit in a museum or an art gallery can be received, and the guided person 2100M can know the voice guidance information by voice. At this time, two kinds of voice guidance (voice guidance by directivity 2101TP and directivity 2101LW) are simultaneously performed on the guided person 2100M. However, since the directions of the virtual sound image localization are different, the two pieces of information are separated. Can be heard. At this time, the guided person 2100M can turn off or reduce the volume of unnecessary voice guidance by using the upper / lower speaker switch 213SW2 or the left / right speaker switch 213SW1) installed in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. The optical wavelength of each optical signal transmitted from the two optical signal transmitters 2330 and 2340 is changed (for example, the transmission wavelength of the optical signal transmitter 2330 is infrared, the transmission wavelength of the optical signal transmitter 2340 is visible, etc. It is also possible to provide a light receiving element that selectively receives each of these wavelengths in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like so that it can be switched by a switch. By weakening the optical signal output of the optical signal transmitter 2340 and so on, and widening the directivity 2341 instead, the optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 2340 and the like can be received only at a location close to the transmitter. Can be adjusted. The guidance system in the present Example 42 can also be used for explanation of exhibits for sighted people in museums or art galleries.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 42 of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter 2330 and the like are installed above (predetermined place) the door 2305 of the room facing the corridor 2315 in the building, and the target room or exhibit is displayed. An optical signal for guiding the person to be guided is transmitted to a place where there is. When the guided person 2100M walks while listening to the guidance voice, a virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction can be obtained, so that it is possible to provide a guidance system that can always perceive the direction to travel without shaking the face. An optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like (another optical signal transmitter) may be installed in the vicinity of the door knob (near position) of the door 2305, and the location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like may include the description in the room. it can. In addition, in the optical signal transmitter 2330 in the system of the embodiment 42, a light emitting element that transmits an optical signal downward can be added like the optical signal transmitter 2130 in the embodiment 39.

  In Example 42, an external light emitting element 113C2 is installed at the position of the door knob 2310, and an optical signal having a wavelength different from that of the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like (for example, infrared light from the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like, The external light emitting element 113C2 transmits visible light) or the optical signal modulation method is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation (PPM) method. Alternatively, in the case of the digital modulation method, the frequency of the multi-carrier used for modulating the optical signal is different, and the optical signal from the external light emitting element 113C2 is selected by the light receiving element 212UL in the front direction in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. It is also possible to have a function of receiving automatically. As a result, accurate notification of the position 2310 of the doorknob can be performed. Further, when the optical signal transmitted from the external light emitting element 113C2 is visible light, the low vision person can also visually recognize the position of the door knob 2310.

  As described above, according to Embodiment 43 of the present invention, the external light emitting element 113C2 is installed at the position of the door knob 2310, and an optical signal having a wavelength different from that of the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2340 or the like is transmitted. A function of selectively receiving an optical signal from the external light emitting element 113C2 by the light receiving element 212UL or the like in the front direction in the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like may be provided. As a result, it is possible to provide a guidance system that can accurately notify the position 2310 of the doorknob.

  FIG. 53 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 44 of the present invention. In FIG. 53, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. In FIG. 53, reference numeral 2405 denotes a staircase, 2411 denotes the directivity of an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2410 or the like, and 2421 denotes the directivity of an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2420 or the like. As shown in FIG. 53, the optical signal transmitters 2410 and 2420 are installed on the upper side (predetermined place) of the side wall of the staircase 2405 to guide the guided person 2100M to the staircase 2405. The optical signal is transmitted. The optical signal receiver 2100 or the like receives the transmitted optical signal and provides voice guidance to the guided person 2100M.

  FIG. 54 is a side view showing a situation where the guided person 2100M shown in FIG. 53 has arrived at the stairs 2405, and shows another application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 44 of the present invention. 54, the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 53 and 49 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 54, reference numeral 2431 denotes the directivity of an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2430 or the like, and 2441 denotes the directivity of an optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2440 or the like. As shown in FIG. 54, the optical signal transmitters 2430 and 2440 and the like (another optical signal transmitter) are installed in the upper part (near position) of the passage 2407 up the stairs 2405. And the like transmit optical signals for guiding the stairs 2405 to the guided person 2100M, and the optical signal transmitter 2440 and the like transmit various types of guidance information. For example, when the place going up the stairs 2405 is a commercial facility, the location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter 2440 or the like is store guide information in the passage 2407 or the like. In addition, when the place up the stairs 2405 is a station platform, it becomes train operation information, and when it is a school, it becomes classroom position guidance information.

  As shown in FIGS. 53 and 54, when a guided person 2100M wearing an optical signal receiver 2100 or the like walks on a station premises, a sidewalk with a pedestrian bridge, a commercial facility, or a school corridor or passage. When the optical signal receiver 2100 receives optical signals transmitted from the optical signal transmitters 2410 and 2420 installed near the ceiling, the guided person 2100M supports walking to the position of the stairs 2405. Listen to voice guidance. When the guided person 2100M walks while listening to the guidance voice, a virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction is obtained, and thus the direction to be always advanced can be perceived without shaking the face. At this time, when the guidance voice interferes with the recognition of the ambient sound, the guided person 2100M can lower the volume of the speaker 213L or the like of the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like. Since the optical signal transmitter 2410 and the like are installed above the stairs 2405, the position of the virtual sound image localization gradually moves upward as the guided person 2100M approaches the guidance position (the stairs 2405). 2100M can know the approach to the target position. When the place up the stairs 2405 is a station platform, the content of the guidance voice is “the platform of the XX line, the direction of the XX line ◎◎, under the stairs”, and the like. The optical signal transmitter 2410 or the like rewrites the guidance in the memory with the control signal and guidance information received by a wireless or wired communication circuit (not shown). It is also possible to provide operation information such as “Going, ◎ Number line home XX hour ◎ ◎ min, XX bound”. At this time, as shown in FIG. 54, the directivity 2401UP and directivity 2401LW enter the directivity 2431 of the optical signal transmitter 2430 and the like, so the optical signal receiver 2100 and the like transmit by the optical signal transmitter 2430 and the like. Guidance signals for stairs 2405 and upstairs 2407 can be received. The content of the guidance voice is “○, ◎ number line home, left is XX line ◎◎ direction, right is XX line ◎◎ direction, up stairs.” When the guided person 2100M goes up the stairs 2405 while listening to the guidance voice, the position of the virtual sound image localization gradually moves near the end point of the staircase 2405. At the end point, the directivity 2101UP is transmitted to the optical signal transmitter 2430. Thus, only the light receiving element having the directivity 2101TP receives the optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 2430 or the like. At this time, the guided person 2100M can hear the guidance voice from directly above, and thus can know that he has finished climbing the stairs 2405. In the optical signal transmitter 2430 in the system of the embodiment 44, a light emitting element that transmits an optical signal downward may be added like the optical signal transmitter 2130 in the embodiment 39. When the ascending of the stairs 2405 ends and the guided person 2100M starts walking in the passage 2407, the directivities 2101UP and 2101LW enter the directivity 2441 of the optical signal transmitter 2440, and the optical signal receiver 2100 and the like transmit the optical signal. It is possible to receive guidance signals such as station home information, train operation information, commercial facility floor guidance, school classroom location guidance, etc. transmitted by the transmitter 2440 and the like. At this time, the optical signal transmitter 2440 and the like can rewrite the guide in the memory by using the control signal and the guide information received by a wireless or wired communication circuit (not shown), for example, guide the train operation at the station platform. it can. The content of the guidance voice is “The next departure is on the left side of the line ◎ ◎ hour ◎ ◎ minutes, bound for XX. It will arrive in 5 minutes.” In the above description, an example of guidance from the lower floor to the upper floor is shown, but conversely, guidance from the upper floor to the lower floor can be performed in the same manner.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 44 of the present invention, the optical signal transmitters 2410 and 2420 are installed on the upper side (predetermined place) of the side wall of the staircase 2405 and the guided person 2100M is guided to the staircase 2405. The optical signal for performing can be transmitted. When the guided person 2100M walks while listening to the guidance voice, a virtual sound image localization in the left-right direction can be obtained, so that it is possible to provide a guidance system that can always perceive the direction to travel without shaking the face. The optical signal transmitters 2430 and 2440 and the like (another optical signal transmitter) are installed in the upper part (near position) of the passage 2407 up the staircase 2405, and the stairway 2405 is connected to the guided person 2100M in the optical signal transmitter 2430 and the like. It is possible to transmit an optical signal for guiding to the optical signal transmitter 2440 and the like to transmit various kinds of guide information.

FIG. 55 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 45 of the present invention. 55, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 49 indicate the same elements, and thus the description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 55, reference numeral 2501 is a boarding platform of a station, 2510 is a platform door (also known as a screen door, a home gate, a movable platform fence, etc.) installed in the platform 2501, 2521R, 2521C.
, 2521L are directivities of optical signals transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2520 and the like installed on the home door 2510 (showing a conical shape spreading toward the front side). FIG. 56 shows a situation where a train enters the boarding platform and the platform door 2510 is opened in FIG. 56, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 55 indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 56, reference numeral 2530 denotes a part of a train that has entered the boarding platform 2501, 2541R, 2541C.
, 2541L are directivities of optical signals transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like installed on the upper entrance door of the train 2530 (showing a conical shape spreading toward the front side). . As shown in FIGS. 55 and 56, the optical signal transmitter 2520 transmits the position guidance of the platform door 2510 or the train operation guide, and the optical signal transmitter 2540 or the like transmits the boarding location or destination guidance of the train 2530. Is done. The optical signal receiver 2100 and the like receive these transmitted optical signals and provide voice guidance.

  As shown in FIGS. 55 and 56, the optical signal transmitter 2520 and the like are installed in the station platform 2501 (predetermined place), and the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like (another optical signal transmitter) stop at the station platform 2501. The train (vehicle) 2530 is installed above the door (near position). The predetermined location may be a bus stop or a power stop. The location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like includes operation information such as trains, buses, and trams.

  As shown in FIGS. 55 and 56, when the guided person 2100M wearing the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like is in the station platform 2501 and the train 2530 is not connected, the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like is the home door. By receiving an optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 2520 or the like installed in 2510, it is possible to hear voice guidance regarding the position of the platform door 2510 or train operation. The content of the voice guidance is, for example, “◎ diagonally right of the gate of the platform No. △ car (front, diagonally left). The next departure is for XX hour, ◎ minutes, and XX. Etc. ”. Information such as diagonal left, front, and diagonal right of the boarding gate is transmitted from an optical signal transmitter 2520 or the like that can transmit guidance information that varies depending on the angle. On the other hand, when the train 2530 is in the line, the optical signal receiver 2100 or the like receives the optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 2540 or the like installed at the upper part of the entrance / exit door of the train 2530. 2100M can hear voice guidance regarding the entrance and operation of train 2530. For example, the content of the voice guidance is “Oh ◎ ◎ Departure ◎ ◎ Train bound for the △ car diagonally right (front, diagonal left). The door opens (you can get on, the door closes). . " Information such as diagonal left, front, and diagonal right of the entrance is transmitted from an optical signal transmitter 2540 or the like that can transmit guidance information that varies depending on the angle.

  In addition to the above, the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like can also transmit seat number guidance for a designated seat in the train 2530 in the same manner. Regarding the operation information of the train 2530, the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like can be transmitted by rewriting the guidance in the memory with the control signal and guidance information received by a wireless or wired communication circuit (not shown). The guided person 2100M receives the above optical signal by the optical signal receiver 2100, etc., so that the guided person 2100M can receive voice guidance with left and right and up and down virtual sound image localization, and can get on the train safely and securely. .

  A similar guidance system can be constructed at the bus stop. Similarly, in this case, the position information of the bus stop and the bus operation information are transmitted from the optical signal transmitter installed at the bus stop, and the bus door is transmitted from the optical signal transmitter installed immediately above the boarding gate of the bus vehicle. Send location information and operation information. It is possible to provide information on the position of a one-man bus getting off button in a bus vehicle, the position of a toilet in a long-distance bus, seat number guidance for a designated seat, and the like. The same guidance can be provided at the airport, passenger ship terminal, inboard and onboard.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 45 of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter 2520 and the like are installed in the station home 2501 (predetermined location), and the optical signal transmitter 2540 and the like (another optical signal transmitter) are installed in the station home 2501. Provide a guidance system that is installed above the door (near position) of a stopped train (vehicle) 2530 and includes operation information such as trains, buses, and trams as location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter 2540 or the like. be able to.

  FIG. 57 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 46 of the present invention. In FIG. 57, the parts denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. In FIG. 57, reference numeral 3000 is a public toilet with an optical signal transmitter, 3011 and 3012 are small toilets, 3021 and 3022 are large toilets, 3031 is a washbasin, and A to K are guide points. As shown in FIG. 57, an optical signal transmitter 3051 or the like is installed near the ceiling of the guide point A, an optical signal transmitter 3052 or the like is installed near the ceiling of the guide point B, and the vicinity of the ceiling of the guide point C. Is installed with an optical signal transmitter 3053, etc., an optical signal transmitter 3054 is installed near the small toilet 3011 at the guide point D, and similarly an optical signal transmitter is installed near the small toilet 3012 at the guide point E. 3055 etc. are installed, an optical signal transmitter 3056 etc. is installed in the large private room door at the guide point F, an optical signal transmitter 3057 etc. is installed in the large private room door at the guide point G, and the guide point H An optical signal transmitter 3058 or the like is installed near the flushing knob of the general toilet 3021, and an optical signal transmitter 3059 is installed near the flushing knob of the general toilet 3022 at the guide point I. Such as an optical signal transmitter 3060 is pressed installed in the vicinity faucet washbasin 3031 Into J, such as an optical signal transmitter 3061 is installed in the vicinity of faucet washbasin 3031 guidance point K.

  As shown in FIG. 57, the optical signal transmitter 3051 or the like installed at the guide point A transmits another guide signal in two directions. An optical signal as indicated by directivity 3061EN is transmitted to the guided person (not shown) entering the room, and an optical signal as indicated by directivity 3061EX is transmitted to the guided person leaving the room. Similarly, the optical signal transmitters 3053 and the like installed at the guide point B transmit different guide signals in three directions. An optical signal as indicated by directivity 3062EN is transmitted to the guided person entering the room, and an optical signal as indicated by directivity 3062EX1 and 3062EX2 is transmitted to the guided person leaving the room. The light-emitting diodes (light-emitting elements) in the optical signal transmitters 3054 and 3055 and the like at the guide points D and E can also be used as the user-detecting light-emitting diodes conventionally used in the toilet bowl 3011 and the like. . The optical signal transmitters 3056, 3057, etc. installed in the large private room door have a mechanism for detecting the opening and closing of the lock fittings of the private room and changing the guidance content.

  As described above, the optical signal transmitter 3051 and the like can be installed on the ceiling (predetermined location) near the entrance and exit of the public toilet 3000, and the installation location of the optical signal transmitter 3054 and the like (another optical signal transmitter) ( The vicinity position) can be set near the position of the large urinal 3021 or the like in the public toilet 3000, near the private room door in the public toilet 3000, and near the washstand 3031. The location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter 3054 or the like can include the usage status of the large private room.

  First, the guided person can know the distinction between the entrance of the public toilet 3000 (guidance point A) and for boys or girls by voice guidance (directivity 3061EN) using virtual sound image localization. Next, an entrance guidance optical signal (directivity 3062EN) transmitted from the guide point B is received, and the position arrangement of the washstand 3031 such as the large private room in the public toilet 3000, the small toilet 3011, etc. can be known. . For example, voice guidance such as “a large private room on the front and diagonally right, two urinals 3011 and 3012 on the right and opposite sides, and a washbasin 3031 on the left” can be provided. Here, the guided person who targets the large private room proceeds as it is, and receives an optical signal from the optical signal transmitter 3056 or the like installed at the large private room door at the guidance point F or G. The optical signal transmitter 3056 and the like has a mechanism for detecting the opening / closing of the lock fitting in the private room and changing the guidance content, and the guided person can obtain information on whether it is in use or not only in addition to the position information. . Further, in the large private room, the position of the flush knob of the large toilet 3021 can be known by the optical signal transmitter 3058 installed at the guide point H or I. On the other hand, the guided person who aims at the toilet bowl 3011 or the like at the guidance point B turns to the right, and as a result, receives a signal from the next guidance point C and receives guidance in the next direction to proceed. . For example, “the left side is a large private room and the right side is two small toilets 3011 and 3012”. Therefore, when turning further to the right, signals from the optical signal transmitters 3054 and 3055 installed near the small toilet 3011 at the guide point D and near the small toilet 3012 at the guide point E are received simultaneously. However, since the positions of the virtual sound image localization are different, both positions can be recognized. The light emitting diodes such as the optical signal transmitter 3054 in the vicinity of the toilet bowl 3011 and the like can also be used as the existing user detection light emitting diodes (for the water washing apparatus) installed for the operation of the water washing apparatus. At this time, if there is a user such as the toilet bowl 3011, notification can be made by two methods. The first uses the fact that the light emitted from the light emitting diode is blocked by the user, and the guided person can receive the guidance signal only when there is no user. The second is to link the existing user detection device with the optical signal transmitter 3053 at the guide point C, etc., and if there is a user, whether there is a vacancy when receiving an optical signal from the guide point C Can know. For example, “the left urinal 3012 is free of the two urinals 3011 and 3012 on the right side”. The guided person who has finished using the toilet receives an exit guidance signal transmitted from the guidance point B and the guidance point A and is guided to the exit.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 46 of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter 3051 or the like can be installed on the ceiling (predetermined place) near the entrance / exit of the public toilet 3000, and the optical signal transmitter 3054 or the like (another optical signal) It is possible to provide a guidance system in which the signal transmitter can be installed (near position) in the vicinity of the position of the large urinal 3021 or the like in the public toilet 3000, the private room door in the public toilet 3000, or in the vicinity of the wash basin 3031. .

  FIG. 58 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 47 of the present invention. 58, reference numeral 2600 denotes a data writer for writing information to the memory of the optical signal receiver 1 or the like in each of the above-described embodiments, 2611 to 2616 denote sections of a commercial facility, and 2621 denotes the optical signal in each of the above-described embodiments. A guide point A where the transmitter 100 and the like are installed, and 2622 is a guide point B where the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like in each of the above-described embodiments are installed.

A guided person (not shown) uses a data writer 2600 installed near the entrance of a commercial facility or the like to write information into the memory of the optical signal receiver 1 or the like that he / she wears. At the guidance points A2621 and B2622, the optical signal for guidance is transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like toward the upper, lower, left, and right passages indicated by arrows. Guide light point A2621,
An ID signal of the optical signal transmitter 100 installed in B2622 or the like is included. For example, when the guided person selects a section 2611 (sales office) near the guidance point A2611, the guidance information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like is transmitted in front of the guidance point B2622, in addition to the information on the guidance point B2622. Route guidance information for reaching the section 2611 (sales) using information written in the memory of the signal receiver 1 or the like is added.

  FIG. 59 shows the display portion 2630 of the data writer 2600. In FIG. 59, reference numeral 2631 denotes a light emitting element for transmitting an optical signal for informing the installation position of the data writer 2600 and an outline of the operation method, 2632 denotes a receiving circuit portion insertion slot, 2633 denotes a destination switch with Braille display, 2634 is an operation method Braille guide, 2635 is a slot Braille guide, and 2636 is a destination category Braille guide. In the slot, for example, a connector connecting portion for 223 in FIG. 5 is provided. The data writer 2600 can be connected to a personal computer for interactive operation, or can be connected to a personal computer via a communication line such as a wireless or wired LAN. Its function can be simplified and multi-functional.

  By using the data writer 2600 shown in FIG. 58, the guided person (visually impaired person) can write the guidance information in the (built-in) memory of the optical signal receiver 1 or the like with good operability. For example, when guidance in a store is performed, route information to a sales floor selected by a guided person is suitable as guidance information. At the guidance point A2621 or the like indicated in the route information, voice guidance to which information such as the traveling direction is given in addition to the positional information on the guidance point A2621 is transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like, and the guided person is sent to the destination ( It is possible to guide to the selected sales floor. The light emitting element 2631 guides the guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 or the like to the data writer 26000 itself, and prompts to insert the receiving circuit unit 220 of the optical signal receiver 1 or the like into the receiving circuit unit insertion slot 2632. In addition, various braille guides 2634 and the like will be described. The guided person recognizes the approximate operation method and destination by the operation method Braille guide 2634 and the destination category Braille guide 2636, selects a specific sales floor by the destination switch 2633 with Braille display, and pushes the destination switch 2633 with Braille display. The route information to the selected sales floor is written in the memory. By switching the operation guidance from the light emitting element 2631 to voice when the reception circuit unit 220 is inserted into the reception circuit insertion slot 2632, detailed operation guidance can also be given by voice. As the route information, for example, when the sales floor of the section 2611 is selected, “○ floor, south passage B point, diagonal left is the sales floor, diagonal right is the × sales floor”, “selling floor 1 turns right here and proceeds one block ”Please”. In this embodiment 47, the guide information is written into the memory by inserting the receiving circuit unit 220 into the receiving circuit insertion slot 2635, but this writing can also be performed via infrared communication, wireless communication, human body communication, or the like. It is.

  As described above, the data writer 2600 is installed at the destination switch 2633 with a braille display indicating the destination (destination switch), the guidance point B 2622, etc. existing from the entrance (predetermined position) to the sales floor (destination). A path information recording unit that records path information including an ID (identifier) of the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like (another optical signal transmitter) installed at the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like and / or the guide point A2621 or the like. doing. When the destination switch 2633 with braille display is pressed by the guided person at the entrance or the like, the data writer 2600 records the route information recorded in the route information recording unit from the entrance or the like to the destination corresponding to the destination switch 2633 with braille display. Is written (transmitted) into the memory on the optical signal receiver 1 or the like side. Location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point B 2622 or the like and / or the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point A 2621 or the like is transmitted as an optical signal transmitted from the guide point B 2622 or the like. ID signal for identifying the optical signal transmitter 100 installed at the machine 100 and / or the guidance point A2621 and the like. The optical signal receiver 1 or the like records the route information transmitted from the data writer 2600 in the memory, and the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point B 2622 or the like and / or the light installed at the guide point A 2621 or the like. When the location information transmitted from the signal transmitter 100 or the like is received, based on the ID included in the location information and the route information recorded in the memory, the route guidance that conveys predetermined route guidance information to the guided person side The unit is further provided.

  In the present embodiment 47, a commercial facility has been described as an example. However, in the case of a hospital or the like, route guidance to a target examination room or hospital room, and in the case of an exhibition facility such as a museum or a museum, route guidance to a target exhibit. It can be used for the explanation guide of the display. In the case of a station or the like, route guidance to a target platform is possible. By setting the partition 2611 and the like in the guidance system of the present embodiment 47 as a town block, the guidance point A2621 and the like as a traffic signal at the intersection, and installing the data writer 2600 at the guided person's home or the like, the guidance system can be removed from the home. It can be extended to navigation information systems in the vicinity or from tourist spots to the surrounding area.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 47 of the present invention, the data writer 2600 includes an optical signal transmitter installed at the destination switch 2633 with Braille display indicating the destination, the guide point B 2622 existing from the entrance or the like to the sales floor, etc. 100 and / or a route information recording unit that records route information including an ID of the optical signal transmitter 100 installed at the guide point A2621 or the like. When the destination switch 2633 with braille display is pressed by the guided person at the entrance or the like, the data writer 2600 records the route information recorded in the route information recording unit from the entrance or the like to the destination corresponding to the destination switch 2633 with braille display. Is written into the memory on the optical signal receiver 1 and the like side. Location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point B 2622 or the like and / or the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point A 2621 or the like is transmitted as an optical signal transmitted from the guide point B 2622 or the like. ID signal for identifying the optical signal transmitter 100 installed at the machine 100 and / or the guidance point A2621 and the like. The optical signal receiver 1 or the like records the route information transmitted from the data writer 2600 in the memory, and the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like installed at the guide point B 2622 or the like and / or the light installed at the guide point A 2621 or the like. When the location information transmitted from the signal transmitter 100 or the like is received, based on the ID included in the location information and the route information recorded in the memory, the route guidance that conveys predetermined route guidance information to the guided person side The guidance system further provided with the section can be provided.

  In each of the application examples described above, instead of the virtual sound image localization of the optical signal receiver 100 or the like, the optical signal receiver 10 or 11 using a display position or an arrow on the small display 721 or the head mounted display may be used.

  As described above, according to the 48th embodiment of the present invention, an application example of the guidance system using the optical signal receiver 10 or 11 utilizing the small display 721, the display position on the head mounted display, the arrow or the like can be configured. it can. As a result, an application example of the guidance system for tourists with hearing impairments can be configured in the same manner as the application examples described above.

  FIG. 60 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 49 of the present invention. In FIG. 60, reference numeral 2700 denotes a washing machine incorporating the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like, 2710 denotes a power switch of the washing machine 2700 including a light emitting element (light emitting diode) such as the optical signal transmitter 100, and 2701 denotes a washing start switch. , 2702 is a drying start switch, and 2703 is a washing and drying start switch, which are each provided with a Braille guide as shown. By using the light emitting diode, the installation position of the washing machine 2700 and the installation position of the power switch 2710 can be notified to the guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 and the like. The light emitting diode may be installed alone in the vicinity of the power switch 2710. Simple operation guidance for the washing machine 2700 may be included in the guide information of the optical signal transmitted from the light emitting diode. The other operation switches 2701 and the like are notified by the attached Braille guidance. As described above, the guided person can know the position of the washing machine 2700 and the position of the power switch 2710 by voice guidance using the virtual sound image localization.

  FIG. 61 shows another application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 49 of the present invention. 61, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 60 indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 61, reference numeral 2721 denotes a washing start switch incorporating a light emitting element (light emitting diode) such as the optical signal transmitter 100, 2722 denotes a drying start switch incorporating a similar light emitting diode, and 2723 denotes a washing start incorporating the same light emitting diode. The drying start switch 2730 is a similar light emitting diode. That is, any light emitting diode is a light emitting element such as the optical signal transmitter 100. As with the power switch 2710, using the light emitting diodes such as the washing start switch 2721, the installation position of the washing start switch 2721 and simple operation guidance are notified to the guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 and the like. Can do. However, since the distance between the washing start switch 2721 and the like is short, it may be difficult to distinguish the position by sound image localization only by the light receiving element 212UL or the like installed in the spectacle frame FRi or the like. Therefore, the optical signal receiver 100 or the like receives an optical signal using the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 described above. In this case, the light emitting diode 2730 uses infrared rays, and the light emitting diodes such as the power switch 2710 and the washing start switch 2721 are made visible light, or the modulation method of the optical signal is an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) ) Method, pulse width modulation (PWM) method, pulse position modulation (PPM) method, or digital modulation method, the interference of the optical signal can be prevented by changing the frequency of the multi-carrier used for the modulation of the optical signal. it can. By using the auxiliary handy receiver 1650, position information and operation guidance of other operation switches such as the washing start switch 2721 can be received.

  As described above, according to the 49th embodiment of the present invention, when the predetermined guide information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like can be incorporated into a household electrical appliance (predetermined equipment) such as a washing machine. The content of the guidance information includes a guidance system that can include equipment position information relating to the position where a home appliance such as a washing machine or a power switch of the household appliance exists, and equipment operation information relating to operation of the household appliance such as a washing machine. Can be provided.

  FIG. 62 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 50 of the present invention. In FIG. 62, reference numeral 2800 is an operation panel in an elevator incorporating the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like, 2811 is a light emitting element (light emitting diode) such as the optical signal transmitter 100, and 2821 to 2824 are for the first to fourth floors. An operation switch incorporating a similar light emitting diode, 2831 is an operation switch incorporating a similar light emitting diode for opening an elevator door that is about to close, and 2832 is an operation switch incorporating a similar light emitting diode for closing an elevator door. It is. That is, any light emitting diode is a light emitting element such as the optical signal transmitter 100. The guided person wearing the optical signal receiver 1 or the like is notified of the installation position of the operation panel using the light emitting diode 2811, and the destination floor and the position of the door opening / closing switch using the light emitting diode such as the operation switches 2821. And operation guidance are notified. However, since the distance between the operation switches 2821 and the like is short, it may be difficult to distinguish the positions based on the sound image localization only with the light receiving element 212UL or the like installed in the spectacle frame FRi or the like. Therefore, the optical signal receiver 100 or the like receives an optical signal using the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 described above. In this case, the light emitting diode 2811 uses infrared rays, and the light emitting diodes such as the operation switch 2821 are made visible light, or the optical signal modulation method is analog frequency modulation (FM) method, analog phase modulation (PM) method, pulse width modulation. In the case of the (PWM) method, the pulse position modulation (PPM) method, or the digital modulation method, the interference of the optical signal can be prevented by changing the frequency of the multi-carrier used for the modulation of the optical signal. The guided person can know the position of the operation panel in the elevator by voice guidance using virtual sound image localization, and can receive simple operation guidance. By using the auxiliary handy receiver 1650, the guided person can receive position information and operation guidance of the elevator operation switch 2821 and the like.

  The elevator destination operation switch 2821 and the like are required to have a display function as a self-illuminating switch when setting a destination floor or opening / closing an elevator door. Therefore, for example, the light emitting diodes of the operation switches 2821 to 2824 and the light emitting diodes of the operation switches 2831 and 2832 can be distinguished from each other by red, and green or blue for a display function as a self-illuminating switch. The light emitting diodes such as the operation switches 2821 are preferably visible light in consideration of the response to the weakly sighted.

  As mentioned above, according to Example 50 of this invention, when predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter 100 grade | etc., Can be integrated in the operation panel (predetermined equipment) in an elevator. The content of the guidance information can provide a guidance system that can include facility position information related to the position where the operation panel of the elevator or the operation switch 2821 exists, and facility operation information related to the operation of the operation switch 2821 and the like. The content of the guidance information can include any one or more of equipment position information, equipment operation information, equipment status information related to the operation panel status (normal or abnormal), and alarms related to the operation panel (equipment alarm information).

  FIG. 63 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 51 of the present invention. In FIG. 63, reference numeral 2900 denotes a ticket vending machine incorporating the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like, 2911 denotes a light emitting element (light emitting diode) such as the optical signal transmitter 100, and 2921 to 2924 denote operation switches incorporating similar light emitting diodes. It is. That is, any light emitting diode is a light emitting element such as the optical signal transmitter 100. A guide station equipped with the optical signal receiver 1 or the like is notified of the installation position of the ticket vending machine using the light emitting diode 2911 and the destination station corresponding to the amount of the ticket using the light emitting diode such as each operation switch 2921 described above. And notify. However, since the distance between the operation switches 2921 and the like is short, it may be difficult to distinguish the position by sound image localization only with the light receiving element 212UL or the like installed in the spectacle frame FRi or the like. Therefore, the optical signal receiver 100 or the like receives an optical signal using the auxiliary handy transceiver 1650 described above. In this case, the light emitting diode 2911 uses infrared rays, and the light emitting diode such as the operation switch 2921 is made visible light, or the modulation method of the optical signal is an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation. In the case of the (PWM) method, the pulse position modulation (PPM) method, or the digital modulation method, the interference of the optical signal can be prevented by changing the frequency of the multi-carrier used for the modulation of the optical signal. The guided person can know the position in the ticket vending machine by voice guidance using virtual sound image localization, and can receive simple operation guidance. By using the auxiliary handy receiver 1650, the guided person can receive position information and operation guidance of the operation switch 2921 of the ticket vending machine.

  The operation switch 2921 of the ticket vending machine is required to have a display function as a self-illuminating switch when money is inserted. Therefore, for example, the light emitting diodes of the operation switches 2921 to 2924 can be distinguished by setting them to red and green or blue for the display function as a self-illuminating switch. The light emitting diodes such as these operation switches 2921 are preferably visible light in consideration of the response to a weak eyesight. Alternatively, in the case of a ticket vending machine using a liquid crystal display or a plasma display that has become widespread in recent years, a guide signal can be superimposed on a video signal for displaying a touch button area instead of the light emitting diode 2911. At this time, it is preferable that the display is a high-speed response type. In the present embodiment 51, the ticket vending machine has been described as an example, but the above-described contents can be similarly applied to other vending machines.

  As mentioned above, according to Example 51 of this invention, when predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter 100 grade | etc., Can be integrated in a ticket vending machine (predetermined equipment). The content of the guidance information can provide a guidance system that can include equipment position information related to the position where the ticket vending machine or the operation switch 2921 and the like exist and equipment operation information related to the operation of the operation switch 2921 and the like. The content of the guidance information may include any one or more of equipment position information, equipment operation information, equipment status information relating to the state of the ticket vending machine (normal or abnormal), and an alarm relating to the ticket vending machine (equipment alarm information). it can.

  In the embodiment 51 described above, the optical signal receiver 9-1 or the like (see FIG. 21A, etc.) having a configuration in which the one light receiving element 212C having a narrow directivity described in the embodiment 9 is disposed facing the front is used. In this case, only the light receiving element 212C can be configured to have sensitivity to visible light (light signal from a light emitting diode such as the operation switch 2921). In this case, a guidance system similar to the example using the auxiliary handy receiver 1650 described in the embodiment 51 can be configured.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 52 of the present invention, in the embodiment 51 described above, the optical signal receiver 9-1 having a configuration in which one light receiving element 212C having narrow directivity is arranged to face the front is used. Only the element 212C may be configured to be sensitive to visible light. As a result, a guidance system similar to the example using the auxiliary handy receiver 1650 described in the embodiment 51 can be provided.

  In the present embodiment 53, an optical signal transmission section (see embodiment 35, such as the combined portion of the optical signal transmission circuit 1929 and the light emitting element 1961) of the optical signal receiver 35, etc. An optical signal receiving unit (see Example 35; a portion in which the light receiving element 1821L and the like and the optical signal receiving circuit 1820 are combined) is transmitted from the optical signal transmitting unit, and the optical signal receiving unit is transmitted. The guide information corresponding to the predetermined ID included in the received optical signal is transmitted. As described above, in the situation of each application example of the guidance system described above, transmission of guidance information according to the destination of the guided person, guidance in the native language of the guided person, type of the guided person (visually impaired person, dementia patient , Tourist information, etc.), operation to replace traffic push button signals or various operation switches, and the ability to transmit light signals only when the guided person approaches .

  As described above, according to the embodiment 53 of the present invention, the optical signal transmitter such as the optical signal receiver 35 transmits an optical signal including a predetermined ID, and the optical signal receiver such as the optical signal transmitter 1800 transmits the optical signal. The guide information corresponding to a predetermined ID included in the optical signal transmitted from the signal transmission unit and received by the optical signal reception unit is transmitted. As a result, in the situation of each application example of the above-described guidance system, it is possible to provide a guidance system that can transmit guidance information according to the destination of the guided person, automatically issue a ticket to the destination, and the like.

  FIG. 64 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 54 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 64, the optical signal transmitter 2000 has at least one or both of the horizontal direction rotation angle (xz plane rotation angle) and the vertical direction tilt angle (yz plane tilt angle) in the embodiment 38 shown in FIG. This is an optical signal transmitter having a freely variable mechanism. As described in the thirty-eighth embodiment, the optical signal transmitter 2000 includes a control unit that controls the moving surface 2050 to direct the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists, and an optical signal transmitter / receiver. It has a function that the installation surface can automatically track the existing direction such as 35. Subsequently, in FIG. 47, reference numeral 3210 denotes a healing mascot or a healing robot, and the optical signal transmitter 2000 is incorporated in the head of the healing mascot 3210. Although the mechanism of the optical signal transmitter 2000 is exposed in FIG. 64, it is actually configured to be embedded so as not to stand out from the neck of the healing mascot or the healing robot 3210 to the face portion.

  In the application example of the guidance system of the embodiment 53, the optical signal transmitter 2000 includes a movable unit 2050 that can move the orientation of the installation surface on which the light emitting element and the optical signal receiving unit are installed in the xz plane and / or the yz plane, Based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit such as the optical signal receiver 35 and received by the optical signal reception unit, the movable unit 2050 controls the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists. And a controller for performing the operation. For this reason, when an optical signal transmission unit such as the optical signal receiver 35 transmits an optical signal including a predetermined ID, the optical signal transmitter 2000 has an orientation of the installation surface by the movable unit 2050 in addition to the function of the embodiment 53. Can be controlled in the direction in which the optical signal transmitter is present.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 54 of the present invention, the optical signal receiver of the optical signal transmitter 2000 incorporated in the head of the healing mascot or the healing robot 3210 is an optical signal transmitter of the optical signal receiver 35 or the like. By receiving the ID signal emitted from, the direction can be changed to face the direction in which the optical signal receiver 35 and the like are present. At the same time, the guide information can be selected and transmitted by the ID signal emitted from the optical signal transmitter such as the optical signal receiver 35. When an ID signal is transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit such as the optical signal receiver 35 attached to the healing mascot or the healing robot 3210 with a line of sight, the healing mascot or the healing robot 3210 is guided. Since the person talks toward the person, a higher healing effect can be obtained as compared with a conventional healing mascot or healing robot. By the ID signal emitted from the optical signal transmitter such as the optical signal receiver 35, guidance by the optical signal transmitter 2000 in the native language of the guided person, the type of the guided person (visually impaired person, hearing impaired person, dementia patient , Healthy person, age, gender, the feeling of the guided person's happy / sad / healthy feeling, etc.), the function of transmitting an optical signal only when the guided person approaches, etc. An enabling guidance system can be provided.

  FIG. 65 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 55 of the present invention. In FIG. 65, the portions denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIGS. 49 and 64 indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 65, reference numeral 3310 denotes a vehicle in an amusement facility such as an automobile type, a train type, or a boat type on which the guided person 2100M moves, and 3320 denotes a route such as a road, a railroad, or a waterway on which the vehicle 3310 travels. As shown in FIG. 65, the healing mascot or the healing robot 3210 (or a model having a similar function) is arranged along the path 3320 or at a distance that is visible from the path 3320. That is, the optical signal transmitter 2000 is installed in the vicinity of the movement path 3320 of the vehicle 3310 on which the guided person 2100M can board the amusement facility.

  As described above, according to the 55th embodiment of the present invention, when the guided person 2100M wearing the optical signal receiver 35 or the like gets on the vehicle 3310 in the amusement facility or the like, the vehicle 3310 moves along the route 3320 or the route 3320. If you look at the healing mascot or healing robot 3210 placed at a distance that is visible from the distance, the healing mascot or healing robot 3210 will speak to you or take action, so you will be guided The person 2100M can obtain a higher realistic effect. By the ID signal emitted from the optical signal receiver 35, etc., guidance in the native language of the guided person and transmission of a message (guidance information) according to the type of the guided person (visually impaired, dementia patient, tourist, etc.) Further, it is possible to provide a guidance system capable of providing an operation in place of a traffic push button signal or various operation switches, a function of transmitting an optical signal only when a guided person approaches, and the like.

  FIG. 66 shows an application example of the guidance system in the embodiment 56 of the present invention. 66, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 12 indicate the same elements, and thus description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 66, reference numeral 3100M denotes an optical signal receiver 3 or the like (see Example 3; an optical signal receiver having rear light receiving elements 412BR and 412BL), and 3110 denotes an optical signal transmission used for an approach warning. An automobile (vehicle) 3112 equipped with the machine 100 or the like is the directivity of the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like for approach warning. As shown in FIG. 66, unlike the application example of other guidance systems, the optical signal transmitter 100 and the like are installed in a movable automobile 3110 in the present embodiment 56.

  An optical signal for notifying the guided person 3100M that the automobile 3110 is approaching is transmitted from the optical signal transmitter 100 for approach warning or the like. In FIG. 66, the guided person 3100M shows an image with the guidance of the visually impaired in mind, but if an optical signal receiver 10 using a small display 721 or a head-mounted display is used instead of the voice guidance, etc. It is also possible to construct a guidance system that is effective in guiding a hearing impaired person. Although the automobile 3110 is illustrated in the present embodiment, a similar guidance system can also be configured as an approach warning system for a bicycle or the like for preventing a collision accident between a bicycle and a pedestrian, which has been increasing in recent years. That is, the optical signal transmitter 100 or the like can be mounted on a vehicle such as an automobile 3110 or a bicycle, and the content of the guidance information can include approach warning information that informs the approach of the vehicle toward the guided person 3100M.

  As described above, according to the embodiment 56 of the present invention, when the guided person 3100M is walking while wearing the optical signal receiver 3 or the like and receiving the guidance information, a vehicle such as an automobile 3110 or a bicycle is seen from behind. When approaching, an approach warning signal can be received. This is particularly effective in the case of a vehicle with a low running sound such as a hybrid car, an electric car, or a bicycle.

  FIG. 67 is a block diagram showing the internal configuration of the microcomputer circuit 226 in each embodiment described above. As shown in FIG. 67, a CPU 4010, ROM 4012, RAM 4014, image control unit 4016, controller 4022, input control unit 4026, demodulation circuit 224DUR, etc., reception intensity measurement circuit 224MUR, etc., AGC circuit (U) 225AU, etc. are on bus 4030. It is connected. In FIG. 67, a computer program for realizing the above-described two-dimensional information acquisition unit, virtual sound image localization unit, and the like by software is recorded on a recording medium (including a removable recording medium) such as a ROM 4012 and a memory card 4024. I can keep it. A computer program such as a two-dimensional information acquisition unit is loaded into the RAM 4014 (memory) from the ROM 4012 via the bus 4030 or from a recording medium such as the memory card 4024 via the controller 4022 via the bus 4030. The input control unit 4026 is connected to the switch unit 4028 such as the up / down switch 213SW1 and performs switch control of the switch 213SW1 and the like. A VRAM 4018 as an image memory has a capacity corresponding to the data capacity of at least one screen such as a small display 712 or a head-mounted display. The image control unit 4016 converts the data in the VRAM 4018 into image data and converts the data into the small display 712. Alternatively, it has a function of sending to a display device 4020 such as a head cloak display. As a removable recording medium, a memory stick, a CD, a DVD, or the like can be used in addition to the memory card 4024 described above.

  In addition to the above, the apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention described above can be configured as follows. 4 (A), (B), and (C) without using the spectacles portion, only the headband shown in FIGS. 68 (A), (B), and (C), and FIGS. B), a configuration using caps shown in FIGS. 69 (A), (B), (C) without using spectacles and headbands in (C), the circuit shown in FIG. 70 instead of the circuit example shown in FIG. A configuration in which analog processing is performed using an optical signal that has been subjected to FM modulation, PM modulation or PWM, pulse position modulation (PPM), or digital modulation using an example, and the circuit example of FIG. 71 instead of the circuit example of FIG. Is used to perform analog processing using an AM-modulated optical signal. Hereinafter, it demonstrates sequentially based on drawing.

  68 (A), (B), and (C) are examples in which the configuration of the optical signal receiver 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is configured only by the headband without using the spectacles unit. As shown in FIG. 68 (A) and the like, front and rear headbands 214B and outer peripheral headbands 214C are used instead of the eyeglasses. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those of the optical signal receiver shown in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, description thereof is omitted.

  69 (A), (B), and (C) are examples in which the configuration of the optical signal receiver 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is configured using a hat without using the spectacles unit and the headband. is there. As shown in FIG. 69 (A) and the like, a hat 214D is used instead of the glasses part. Since other configurations and functions are the same as those of the optical signal receiver shown in FIGS. 4A, 4B, and 4C, description thereof is omitted. .

  FIG. 70 shows an analog operation by detecting two-dimensional information in the left-right and up-down directions using an optical signal that is FM modulated, PM modulated or PWM, pulse position modulated (PPM), or digitally modulated in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a block diagram which shows the example of a circuit for performing a virtual sound image localization by the method by. The difference from the circuit shown in FIG. 10 is that, as shown in FIG. 70, addition / amplification circuits 226AAU, 226AAL, 226AAR, and 226AAD that perform analog operations are used instead of the microcomputer circuit 226 in FIG. It is. The function of each adder / amplifier circuit is to add and amplify the analog received strength signals output from the received strength measuring circuits 224MUR, 224MUL, 224MLR, 224MLL as appropriate, and transmit them to the AGC circuits 225AU, 225AL, 225AR, 225AD as analog signals. There is to do. For example, the adding / amplifying circuit 226AAU converts the intensity of the optical signal received by the light receiving element 212UL in the upper left direction and the light receiving element 212UR in the upper right direction by the reception intensity measuring circuits 224MUL and 224MUR, and then adds them. Thus, the optical signal intensity from above is obtained and has a function of amplifying to an input level suitable for the AGC circuit 225AU. Similarly, the adder / amplifier circuits 226AAL, 226AAR, and 226AAD obtain the optical signal intensity signal from the left direction, the optical signal intensity from the right direction, and the optical signal intensity from the lower direction, respectively. It has a function to transmit.

  FIG. 71 is a block diagram showing an example of a circuit for performing virtual sound localization using a method based on analog computation by detecting two-dimensional information in the left-right and up-down directions using an AM-modulated optical signal in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is. A difference from the circuit shown in FIG. 10 is that, as shown in FIG. 71, the reception intensity measuring circuit and the AGC circuit in FIG. 10 are omitted. The demodulated signals output from the demodulation circuits 224DUR, 224DUL, 224DLR, and 224DLL are signals obtained by demodulating an AM-modulated optical signal, and thus have an amplitude proportional to the reception intensity. Therefore, these signals are added and amplified by the adder / amplifier circuits 226AAU, 226AAL, 226AAR, 226AAD, and transmitted to the audio power amplifier circuits 225PU, 225PL, 225PR, 225PD, thereby obtaining a virtual sound image localization.

  As application examples of the present invention, various application examples described above, such as traffic lights, visually impaired guidance blocks, room doors, stairs, station platform doors, train doors, public toilets, shopping streets, home appliances, vending machines, It can be applied to healing robots, amusement facility vehicles and vehicles.

Optical signal receiver: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9-1, 9-2, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 19, 20, 23, 25, 28 29, 31, 32, 35, 2100, 2150,
Optical signal transmitter: 100, 101, 600, 1800, 2000, 2120, 2210, 2220, 2330, 2340, 2410, 2420, 2430, 2440, 2520, 2540,
Voice recorder circuit: 111,
Optical signal transmission circuit: 112, 1929,
Light emitting element: 113L, 113C, 113R, 113C2, 1961, 2013, 2631,
Battery: 114A, 228,
Power supply circuit: 114B
Directivity: 116C, 116C2, 116L, 116R, 216C, 216F (vertical direction (y-axis direction) directivity), 216L (left front direction directivity), 216R (right front direction directivity), 216UP (diagonally upward direction directivity) ), 216LW (diagonal downward directionality), 216L ′ (left oblique forward directionality), 216R ′ (right oblique forward directionality), 216UP ′ (diagonal upward directionality), 216LW ′ (diagonal downward direction) Directivity), 416SL, 416SR, 416TP, 416BL, 416BR, 918LL1 to 918LL4; 918LC; 918LR1 to 918LR4 (directivity of the light receiving element in the light receiving element array), 918RL1 to 918RL4; 918RC; 918RR1 to 918RR4 (light receiving in the light receiving element array) Element directivity), 918F; 1118F (forward direction) (Z-axis direction) directivity), 1118LVL; 1118LVC; 1118LVR (directivity of light receiving element constituting variable optical axis angle light receiving element array), 1118RVL; 1118RVC; 1118RVR (light receiving element constituting variable optical axis angle light receiving element array) 1822L, 1822CC, 1822R, 2101TP, 2011UP, 2101LW, 2131DN, 2131FW, 2151, 2211F, 2211L, 2211R, 2331, 2341, 2411, 2421, 2431, 2441, 2521C, 2521L, 2521R, 2541C, 2541L 2541R, 3061EN, 3061EX, 3062EN, 3062EX1, 3062EX2, 3112,
Communication circuit: 117,
Optical axis: 117C, 117C2, 117L, 117R, 217C, 217UL, 217UR, 217LL, 217LR, 217UP, 217LW, 217L, 217R, 417BL, 417BR, 417SL, 417TP,
Cable: 120, 218C (cable part), 1650C,
Light receiving elements: 212C, 212CA (light receiving element body), 212UL, 212UR, 212LL, 212LR, 212UP, 212LW, 212L, 212R, 412SL, 412SR, 412TP, 412BL; 412BR (rear light receiving element), 1821L, 1821C, 1821R, 2021UL, 2021LL, 2021UR, 2021LR
Speakers: 213C, 213L; 213R (left and right speakers), 213LW (downward speakers), 213LL, 213LR, 213UL, 213UR, 213UP (top speaker), 413C (center speaker), 413B (rear speaker), 413BL; 413BR (rear) Left and right speakers),
Convex lens: 212CB, Shading cylinder: 212CC,
Switches: 213SW1 (left and right speaker switch), 213SW2 (upper and lower speaker switch), 213SWL (left and right lower speaker switch), 213SWU (left and right upper speaker switch), 222 (power switch), 412SW (selection switch), 413SW3, 722 (power switch), 1652, 1653 (switching switch), 2633 (destination switch with braille display), 2710 (power switch with built-in light emitting element), 2721; 2722; 2723; 2811; 2821; 2822; 2823; 2824; 2831; 2832; 2911; 2921; 2922; 2923; 2924 (light emitting element built-in switch),
Headband, hat: 214A; 414B (left and right headband), 214B, 414A (front and back headband), 214C (outer periphery headband), 214D (hat), 414C (back and left and right headband),
Arm part: 214BL, 214BR, 218A (lower arm part),
Reception circuit unit: 220, 720,
Volume adjustment dial: 221,
Connectors: 223, 723,
Optical signal receiving circuit: 224, 224 ′, 1820,
Demodulator circuit: 224DUR, 224DUL, 224DLR, 224DLL, 224DU, 224DL, 224DR, 224DD,
Reception strength measurement circuit: 224MUL, 224MLR, 224MLL, 224MUR, 224MU, 224ML, 224MR, 224MRD,
Photoelectric conversion circuit: 224PUR, 224PUL, 224PLR, 212PLL, 224PU, 224PL, 224PR, 224PD,
AGC circuit: 225AD, 225AL, 225AR, 225AU, 225AD ', 225AL', 225AR ', 225AU',
Audio power amplifier circuit: 225PD, 225PL, 225PR, 225PU,
Microcomputer circuit with memory card insertion mechanism, 115, 226
Audio output circuit: 225, 225 ′, 225 ″,
Adder / amplifier circuit: 226AAU, 226AAL, 226AAR, 226AAD,
DSP circuit: 227, position displacement / direction sensor: 542, character / image generation information generation board: 611, small display: 721, character / image information output circuit: 725, wristband: 730,
Wearable display device: 730L, 730R
Holographic type sheathable wearable display device: 730L ′, 730R ′
Light receiving element array: 917L, 917R, 1117L; 1117R (variable optical axis angle light receiving element array),
Auxiliary handy transceiver: 1650 (touch pen type), 1750 (ring type),
Transmission / reception circuit part: 1920, housing: 1962, movable part: 2050,
Guided person: 2100M, 3100M,
Traffic signal: 2120, visually impaired person (blind person or weak traffic person) push button box: 2140, visually impaired person guidance block: 2202, warning block (dotted block): 2204, guidance block (linear block): 2206, Door: 2305, door knob: 2310, corridor: 2315, stairs: 2405, station platform: 2501, platform door: 2510, train: 2530, writing device: 2600,
Section: 2611, 2612, 2613, 2614, 2615, 2616,
Guidance points: 2621, 2622, 3051, 3052, 3053, 3054, 3055, 3056, 3057, 3058, 3059, 3060, 3061,
Display unit: 2630,
Guidance: 2634 (operation method Braille guidance), 2635 (slot exhibition guidance), 2636 (destination category Braille guidance), 2701, 2702, 2703,
Washing machine: 2700, receiving circuit section insertion slot: 2632, elevator operation panel: 2800, ticket vending machine: 2900, public toilet: 3000,
Small toilets: 3011, 3012,
Large toilets: 3021, 3022,
Washstand: 3031, car: 3110, healing robot: 3210, vehicle: 3310, route: 3320, CPU: 4010, ROM: 4012, RAM: 4014, image control unit: 4016, VRAM: 4018, display device: 4020, Controller: 4022, Memory card: 4024, Input control unit: 4026, Switch unit: 4028, Bus: 4030.

JP 2004-16578 A JP 2009-177265 A JP 2006-2558591 A

Takuro Hatakeyama, Fumio Hagiwara, Hajime Koike, Keiji Ito, Hirohiko Ohkubo, C. Ward Bond and Masao Kasuga: “Remote Infrared AudibleSignage System”, International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, Volume 17, Issue 1, March 2004, pages 61- 70. Yoshitaka Mikami, Koichiro Akimoto, Takanori Nakajima, Hiroshi Matsubara, Hiroshi Okamoto, "Examination of walking support device for visually handicapped people using spatial optical communication and virtual sound localization", Lecture at Tohoku Branch Association of Electrical Engineers of Japan 2010 Proceedings, p. 198, 2F04, August 26-27, 2010, Hachinohe Institute of Technology.

Claims (48)

An optical signal transmitter having one or more light emitting elements having directivity around an optical axis for transmitting predetermined guide information by an optical signal obtained by modulating visible light to near infrared light;
A spectacle unit in which a plurality of light receiving elements having a directivity centered on an optical axis having sensitivity to visible light or infrared light is installed, a receiving circuit unit connected to the spectacle unit, and a receiving circuit unit connected to the receiving circuit unit An optical signal receiver having a guide unit for transmitting the predetermined guide information to the guide side, using a spherical coordinate system centered on the head of the guided person regarding spatial sound ,
Between the two light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles portion, the optical axis has an azimuthal positional relationship in which the directional areas partially overlap each other. ,
The receiving circuit unit is
When the optical signal transmitted from the light emitting element is received by the at least two light receiving elements, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements and the reception intensity ratio between the plurality of light receiving elements measured in advance and the optical signal are transmitted. Based on the azimuth direction intensity ratio table indicating the relationship with the azimuth direction, the information on the azimuth direction (one-dimensional information) regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed is obtained and arranged in a predetermined positional relationship A two-dimensional information acquisition unit that obtains two-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed by obtaining other one-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed based on the optical signal received by the received light receiving element A guidance system characterized by comprising: 2. The guidance system according to claim 1, wherein the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is information in an elevation angle direction, and the predetermined positional relationship is two light receiving units installed near a bridge of the spectacles unit. The positional relationship in the elevation direction in which the optical axes make an angle in the elevation direction such that the directional regions partially overlap each other between the elements,
The two-dimensional information acquisition unit is configured to obtain an optical signal received between two light receiving elements arranged in a positional relationship in the elevation angle direction between the light receiving elements with respect to the information on the elevation angle direction regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed. The light emitting element is installed by obtaining based on a reception intensity ratio, a pre-measured reception intensity ratio among a plurality of light receiving elements, and an elevation angle direction intensity ratio table indicating a relationship between the elevation direction in which the optical signal is transmitted. Guidance system characterized by obtaining two-dimensional information about the direction. 3. The guidance system according to claim 2, wherein the direction connecting the right and left tragus of the person to be guided in the horizontal plane is the x axis, the direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane is the z axis, and the x axis is in the transverse plane. And the direction that is perpendicular to and included in the median plane is the y-axis,
The positional relationship in the azimuth angle direction is a positional relationship having a predetermined azimuth angle direction left and right about the z axis (components projected on the x axis are -x and + x directions),
The positional relationship in the elevation angle direction is a positional relationship having a predetermined elevation angle direction (components projected on the y-axis are + y and -y directions) up and down. The guidance system according to claim 3, wherein the type of the predetermined guidance information is auditory information,
The guide part is
A plurality of speakers installed in a predetermined installation form on a headband that can be worn near the eyeglass part or / and the head of the guided person;
By performing virtual sound image localization that correlates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volume or phase difference of a plurality of speakers installed in the predetermined installation format, the two-dimensional information A guidance system further comprising: a two-dimensional virtual sound localization unit that transmits the auditory information from a specified direction to the guided person. 5. The guidance system according to claim 4, wherein the predetermined installation form is:
Left and right speakers installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacles unit, a parietal speaker installed in the vicinity of the top of the left and right headbands that can be worn across the left and right of the head of the guided person, and the left and right headbands A face up-and-down type speaker group having a lower speaker installed in the vicinity of the tip portion extending in the downward direction (downward direction of the y-axis),
Ear upper and lower speaker groups having left and right upper and lower speakers respectively installed near the tip of an arm portion extending vertically (y-axis vertical direction) from near the right and left wisdom of the spectacles,
The face vertical speaker group type, and a center speaker installed near the bridge of the spectacles part in the front and rear headbands worn over the front and back of the guided person's head and a rear speaker installed near the back of the head Face up / down and head front / back speaker groups,
Ear up / down and occipital type speaker group formats having the ear up / down type speaker group format and rear left / right speakers installed near the left / right side of the occipital region in the occipital left / right headband worn across the left / right of the back of the guided person's occipital region,
A guidance system characterized by being one of the following. 6. The guidance system according to claim 5, wherein the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is
When the predetermined installation format is the face up / down speaker group format,
The reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit is made to correspond to the volume of the left and right speakers, and the elevation angle direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit The two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the volumes of the plurality of speakers are obtained by associating the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship with the volume of the top speaker and the lower speaker. Virtual sound image localization to correspond to, and convey the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side,
When the predetermined installation type is the above-mentioned ear up / down type speaker group type,
Reception intensity ratio between light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit and reception between light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the elevation direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles unit By making the intensity ratio correspond to the volume of the left, right, top and bottom speakers, virtual sound image localization is performed to associate the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volumes of the plurality of speakers, and A guidance system characterized in that the auditory information is transmitted from the direction specified by the dimension information to the guided person side. 6. The guidance system according to claim 5, wherein when the predetermined installation format is the face up / down and front / rear head type speaker group format or the ear up / down and back head type speaker group format, A light receiving element connected to the receiving circuit unit; and a top light receiving element connected to the receiving circuit unit that is installed near the top of the left and right headbands and detects an optical signal from above;
The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is
When the predetermined installation type is the face up / down and front / back head type speaker group type,
The received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit and the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed near the right and left edges of the spectacle unit Corresponding to the volume of the left and right speakers and the central speaker, the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacles and having the positional relationship in the elevation angle direction is represented by the top speaker, the lower speaker and the central speaker. By performing the virtual sound image localization that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the sound volumes of the plurality of speakers, the sound volume is determined from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information. It conveys the auditory information to the person being guided,
When the predetermined installation format is the above-and-down ear and occipital-type speaker group format,
The received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit and the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed near the right and left edges of the spectacle unit Corresponding to the volume of the left, right, top and bottom speakers, virtual sound localization is performed to associate the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volumes of the plurality of speakers, and is specified by the two-dimensional information. A guidance system for transmitting the auditory information from a direction to a guided person. 8. The guidance system according to claim 7, wherein when the predetermined installation type is the face up / down and front / rear head type speaker group type, the predetermined installation type is near the back of the head in the front / rear headband, and the predetermined installation type is the ear up / down and back of the head type speaker. In the case of a group format, the receiving circuit unit is installed near the occipital region in the occipital left and right headbands in a positional relationship in the azimuth direction in which the optical axes form an angle in the azimuth direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other Further comprising at least two rear light receiving elements connected to
The two-dimensional information acquisition unit further receives an optical signal received by the rear light-receiving element between the light-receiving elements for information on the azimuth direction regarding the position where the rear light-emitting element existing behind the guided person is installed. Based on the intensity ratio and the azimuth direction intensity ratio table,
The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit further includes information on the azimuth direction regarding the position where the rear light emitting element is installed, obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, and the predetermined installation type is the face up-down and head front-back type. A guidance system that corresponds to the volume of the rear speaker in the case of a speaker group type, and to correspond to the volume of the rear left and right speakers in the case where the predetermined installation type is the upper and lower ear and occipital type speaker group types. The guidance system according to claim 7 or 8, wherein a directivity region of the top light receiving element is a directivity area of an upper light receiving element having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed in the vicinity of the bridge of the spectacle unit. It is possible to partially overlap the area,
The two-dimensional information acquisition unit further includes an optical signal received by the top light-receiving element and an upper light-receiving element having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction for information on an elevation angle direction regarding the position where the light-emitting element is installed. It can be obtained based on a reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements and a second elevation angle direction intensity ratio table showing a relationship between a reception intensity ratio among a plurality of the light receiving elements measured in advance and an elevation angle direction in which an optical signal is transmitted. By obtaining two-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed,
The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit further includes a reception intensity ratio between the top light-receiving element and the upper light-receiving element having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction, and the predetermined installation type is the top and bottom of the face and the front and back of the head In the case of the type speaker group type, the volume of the top speaker, the lower speaker and the center speaker is made to correspond to each other. Corresponding to the sound volume, virtual sound localization is performed by associating the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the sound volume of the plurality of speakers, and the direction is determined from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information. A guidance system for transmitting the auditory information to a guider side. The guidance system according to claim 6, further comprising a light receiving element that is installed near the right and left wisdom of the spectacles unit and connected to the receiving circuit unit when the predetermined installation type is the face vertical speaker group type.
The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is
The received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the azimuth direction installed near the bridge of the spectacle unit and the received intensity ratio between the light receiving elements installed near the right and left edges of the spectacle unit Corresponding to the volume of the left and right speakers, by making the reception intensity ratio between the light receiving elements having a positional relationship in the elevation angle direction installed near the bridge of the spectacles part correspond to the volume of the top speaker and the lower speaker, Performing virtual sound image localization that associates the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with the volume of the plurality of speakers, and the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side Guidance system characterized by being able to communicate. The guidance system according to claim 5, wherein
In the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit, the modulation of the optical signal in the optical signal transmitter is an analog frequency modulation (FM) method, an analog phase modulation (PM) method, a pulse width modulation (PWM) method, and a pulse position modulation (PPM). Or in the case of a digital modulation method and when performing signal processing for virtual sound image localization with a digital signal,
When the predetermined installation type is a face up-and-down type speaker group type, the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers, the parietal speaker and the lower speaker and the light emitting element are set in advance. Using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship with the direction specified by the two-dimensional information,
In the case where the predetermined installation type is an ear up / down type speaker group type, the direction specified by the predetermined volume and / or phase difference of the left / right / up / down speakers and the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed Using the virtual sound image localization direction table showing the relationship between
When the predetermined installation type is a face up / down and front / back head type speaker group type, the sound volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers, the top speaker, the lower speaker and the center speaker, and the light emission are determined in advance. Using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating a relationship with the direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which an element is installed, or the predetermined volume of the rear speaker and the rear light emitting element are set in advance. Using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship with the direction specified by the two-dimensional information,
In the case where the predetermined installation format is an ear up / down and occipital type speaker group format, the predetermined volume and / or phase difference of the left / right / up / down speakers and the two-dimensional information on which the light emitting element is installed are specified. Specified using a virtual sound image localization direction table indicating the relationship with the direction of the sound, or by using the predetermined two-dimensional information on the volume and / or phase difference of the rear left and right speakers and the rear light emitting element. By using a virtual sound image localization direction table that shows the relationship with the direction
Virtual sound image localization is performed by associating the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit with each volume and / or phase difference of the plurality of speakers, and from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information. A guidance system for transmitting the auditory information to a guided person side. The guidance system according to claim 4, wherein the predetermined installation format is a left and right speaker group format having left and right speakers installed in the vicinity of the right and left wisdom of the spectacles unit,
The two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit is
By performing virtual sound image localization that makes the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit correspond to the volume and / or phase difference of the left and right speakers installed in the left and right speaker group format by virtual surround technology, A guidance system for transmitting the voice guidance information from a sound image localization direction to a guided person side. 4. The guidance system according to claim 3, wherein the predetermined guidance information is visual information.
The guide part is
An image display device installed on the guided person side;
Based on the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the visual information, an image display unit that displays information on a direction specified by the two-dimensional information in which the light emitting element is installed on the image display device And a guidance system. 14. The guidance system according to claim 13, wherein the spectacles unit is
A light receiving element installed near the right and left wisdom,
A light receiving element installed in the vicinity of the top of the left and right headbands to be worn across the left and right of the head of the guided person;
At least two optical axes are installed in a positional relationship in which the optical axes form an angle in the azimuth direction so that the directivity regions partially overlap each other in the vicinity of the back of the front and rear headbands worn over the front and back of the head of the guided person. And a light receiving element. The guidance system according to claim 1, wherein the other one-dimensional information in the two-dimensional information acquisition unit is information on a distance between a light emitting element of an optical signal transmitter and a light receiving element of an optical signal receiver, The two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements are installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacles, and the two light receiving element portions each have a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in a horizontal plane. Each of the two light receiving element portions has at least one light receiving element in which the angle of the optical axis is variable in the horizontal plane,
The direction connecting the right and left tragus of the guided person in the horizontal plane is the x axis, and the direction perpendicular to the x axis and included in the median plane is the z axis in the horizontal plane,
The two-dimensional information acquisition unit has the highest received intensity in each light receiving element group when the two light receiving element units are each the light receiving element group with respect to the distance information regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed. When each light receiving element has a light receiving element whose horizontal axis is variable with respect to the x-axis or two light receiving element parts each having a variable optical axis angle, the light receiving element of each light receiving element part is the most. Guidance characterized in that two-dimensional information about the position where the light emitting element is installed is obtained by obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed by the light receiving element with respect to the x axis in the horizontal plane when the reception intensity is high system. The guidance system according to claim 15, wherein the type of the predetermined guidance information is auditory information,
The guide part is
A plurality of speakers arranged at positions including at least the left and right wisdom of the spectacles;
Based on the one-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the azimuth angle direction in a horizontal plane is made to coincide with the direction in which the light emitting element is installed, and the distance information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit A two-dimensional (distance) virtual sound image localization unit that transmits the auditory information from the direction specified by the two-dimensional information to the guided person side using the speaker by performing predetermined perspective operation processing on the auditory information based on And a guidance system. 16. The guidance system according to claim 15, wherein the predetermined guidance information is visual information.
The guide part is
An image display device installed on the guided person side;
An image display unit for displaying, on the image display device, two-dimensional information related to a direction in a horizontal plane on which the light-emitting element is installed, based on the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit and the visual information. A guidance system characterized by comprising. The guidance system according to any one of claims 4 to 12,
Two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacles, the two light receiving element portions each having a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in a horizontal plane An element group or two light-receiving element portions each having at least one light-receiving element whose optical axis angle is variable in a horizontal plane;
Regarding the distance information regarding the position where the light emitting element is installed, when the two light receiving element portions are each the light receiving element group, each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group is the x axis in the horizontal plane. Or each of the two light-receiving element sections has a light-receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable, each light-receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light-receiving element has an x-axis in the horizontal plane. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires information of a distance at which the light emitting element is installed by obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed with respect to
A three-dimensional virtual sound localization that performs predetermined perspective operation processing based on distance information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit on auditory information transmitted from the direction specified by the two-dimensional virtual sound image localization unit to the guided person. And a guidance system.   19. The guidance system according to claim 16 or 18, wherein the predetermined perspective operation processing performed on the auditory information is based on the distance on the z-axis based on the other one-dimensional information or the information in the z-axis direction. Any combination of one or more operations such as a volume operation for decreasing or increasing the volume, a spectrum operation for attenuating or increasing the treble range of the spectrum, a reverberation for decreasing or increasing the reverberation or phase fluctuation, or a virtual surround technique. Guide system characterized in that it is a pseudo perspective generation process. The guidance system according to claim 13,
Two light receiving element portions having light receiving elements installed in the vicinity of the right and left sides of the spectacles, the two light receiving element portions each having a plurality of light receiving elements having different optical axis angles in a horizontal plane An element group or two light receiving element portions each having a light receiving element whose optical axis angle is variable in a horizontal plane;
Regarding the information on the distance at which the light emitting element is installed, when each of the two light receiving element portions is the light receiving element group, each light receiving element having the highest reception intensity in each light receiving element group is in the horizontal plane with respect to the x axis. If each of the light receiving elements has a light receiving element whose angle of the optical axis is variable, each light receiving element when the receiving intensity is highest in each light receiving element is relative to the x axis in the horizontal plane. A distance information acquisition unit that acquires information on the distance at which the light emitting element is installed by obtaining from triangulation using each angle formed by
The image display unit is based on the two-dimensional information obtained by the two-dimensional information acquisition unit, the distance information obtained by the distance information acquisition unit, and the visual information. (xyz space) Information on position is displayed on the image display device. The guidance system according to any one of claims 13, 14, 17, and 20, wherein the image display device includes:
A wristband type image display device having a wristband in which an image display unit is installed in the vicinity of the tip of an arm unit extending downward (y-axis downward direction) from either the left or right side of the glasses unit;
A wearable image display device having left and right lens portions of the eyeglass portion as a see-through wearable display;
A rim-wearable image display device in which a wearable display is installed in a rim portion of the spectacles portion;
A guide system further comprising any of the above.   The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the predetermined guidance information includes information relating to an installation location of the optical signal transmitter and information relating to a configuration.   The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the optical signal receiver further includes a sensor for detecting movement of the head of the guided person. The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 23,
The optical signal receiver further includes an auxiliary device having an auxiliary light-receiving unit that can approach the optical signal transmitter and capable of communicating with the optical signal transmitter. The guidance system according to claim 24,
The optical signal transmitter further includes an operation switch, an operation switch side optical signal transmitter and an operation switch side optical signal receiver installed around the operation switch or the operation switch,
The auxiliary system further includes an operation signal transmission unit that transmits an operation signal for operating the operation switch to the operation switch side optical signal reception unit side.   26. The guidance system according to claim 25, wherein the auxiliary device further includes a switching unit that operates by switching between the auxiliary light receiving unit and the operation signal transmission unit.   27. The guidance system according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the operation switch side optical signal transmission unit and the operation signal transmission unit use visible light or near infrared light separately.   28. The guidance system according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein the auxiliary device has a ring shape.   29. The guidance system according to claim 1, wherein the optical signal receiver further includes an optical signal transmission unit having a light emitting element and an optical signal transmission circuit unit, and the optical signal transmitter includes the light receiving element and the optical signal. A guide system further comprising an optical signal receiving unit having a receiving circuit unit.   30. The guidance system according to claim 29, wherein the light emitting element of the optical signal transmission unit is installed on a left or right rim of the spectacles unit. 30. The guidance system of claim 29, wherein the optical signal transmitter is
A movable part on which the optical signal transmitter is mounted and the direction of the installation surface on which the light emitting element and the optical signal receiving unit are installed can be moved in the azimuth and / or elevation direction;
Based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit of the optical signal receiver and received by the optical signal reception unit, the movable unit controls the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists. A guidance system comprising a control unit for performing the operation.   32. The guidance system according to claim 3, wherein when the predetermined guidance information is auditory information, the optical signal transmitter further includes a movable light emitting element different from the one or more light emitting elements. The optical signal receiver further includes a light receiving element having a narrower directivity different from the plurality of light receiving elements, and a speaker that emits a sound only when the light receiving element receives light.   30. The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the optical signal transmitter is fixedly installed at a predetermined location, and the content of the guidance information is transmitted to the guided person side. A guidance system comprising direction information for obtaining a direction to a transmitter and approach information for notifying that the optical signal transmitter is approaching or arriving.   34. The guidance system according to claim 33, further comprising: an optical signal transmitter different from the optical signal transmitter, installed near the predetermined location, and transmitted by the other optical signal transmitter. The content of includes a position information for notifying the guided person side of the position of the other optical signal transmitter.   35. The guide system according to claim 34, wherein the guide information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter and / or the another optical signal transmitter is installed in the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter. A guide system further comprising location information related to the location.   36. The guidance system according to claim 35, wherein the predetermined location is a location where a traffic signal is installed, the other optical signal transmitter is installed in the pushbutton device for the traffic signal, and the vicinity position is near the traffic signal. On the opposite sidewalk through a pedestrian crossing, the location information transmitted by the optical signal transmitter includes the lighting or blinking state of the traffic signal and / or the name of the location where the traffic signal is installed. A featured guidance system.   34. The guidance system according to claim 33, wherein the predetermined place is a warning block and / or a guidance block for a visually impaired person guidance block installed on a road.   36. The guidance system according to claim 35, wherein the predetermined location is above a door of a room facing a corridor in a building, the vicinity is near a doorknob of the door, and the other optical signal transmitter transmits. The location information includes a description in the room.   36. The guidance system according to claim 35, wherein the predetermined location is an upper portion of a staircase, the nearby position is an upper portion of a passage up the staircase, and the location information transmitted by the another optical signal transmitter is the passage. A guide system comprising train operation information for station platforms, guide information for shops in the passage for commercial facilities, and classroom position guide information for schools.   36. The guidance system according to claim 35, wherein the predetermined location is a station platform, a bus stop or a train stop, and the vicinity position is above a door of a vehicle stopped at the predetermined location, and the other optical signal transmission is performed. The location information transmitted by the aircraft includes train, bus, and tramway operation information.   36. The guidance system according to claim 35, wherein the predetermined location is a ceiling near the entrance and exit of a public toilet, and the vicinity location is a toilet location in the public toilet, a private room door in the public toilet, and a washstand neighborhood, The guidance system according to claim 1, wherein the location information transmitted by the another optical signal transmitter includes a use situation of the private room. 36. The guidance system of claim 35.
A writer having a destination switch indicating a destination and a path information recording unit that records path information including an identifier of the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter existing from a predetermined position to the destination. The writing device further includes a path recorded in the path information recording unit from the predetermined position to a destination corresponding to the destination switch when the destination switch is pressed by the guided person at the predetermined position. Information is transmitted to the optical signal receiver side,
The location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter includes an identifier for identifying the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter,
The optical signal receiver records the path information transmitted from the writer in a memory, and receives the location information transmitted from the optical signal transmitter and / or the other optical signal transmitter. A guidance system characterized by further comprising a route guidance unit for transmitting predetermined route guidance information to a guided person based on an identifier included in the information and the route information recorded in the memory. The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 42, wherein the predetermined guidance information is auditory information.
The optical signal transmitter is incorporated in a predetermined facility, and the content of the guidance information includes facility position information regarding a position where the predetermined facility exists, facility operation information regarding operation of the predetermined facility, and the predetermined facility. A guidance system comprising one or more pieces of equipment state information relating to the state of equipment and equipment warning information relating to the predetermined equipment.   44. The guidance system according to claim 43, wherein the predetermined equipment includes a home appliance, a ticket vending machine, and a vending machine. The guidance system according to any one of claims 33 to 44,
The optical signal transmitter of the optical signal receiver transmits an optical signal including a predetermined identifier, and the optical signal receiver of the optical signal transmitter is transmitted from the optical signal transmitter and received by the optical signal receiver. A guide system for transmitting guide information corresponding to a predetermined identifier included in the optical signal. 46. The guidance system of claim 45, wherein the optical signal transmitter is
A movable part capable of moving the orientation of the installation surface on which the light emitting element and the optical signal receiving unit are installed in the xz plane and / or the yz plane;
Based on the optical signal transmitted from the optical signal transmission unit of the optical signal receiver and received by the optical signal reception unit, the movable unit controls the direction of the installation surface in the direction in which the optical signal transmission unit exists. And a control unit for performing the guidance system.   47. The guidance system according to claim 46, wherein the optical signal transmitter is installed in the vicinity of a moving route of a vehicle on which a guided person can ride in an amusement facility. 30. The guidance system according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the optical signal transmitter is mounted on a vehicle, and the content of the guidance information is an approach warning that informs the guided person of the approach of the vehicle. A guidance system characterized by including information.

Images